2010 Mazda MX-5 Miata Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)

MX-5_8AV1-EA-09F_Edition2 Page1Thursday, July 30 2009 2:43 PM

Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (2,1)


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (3,1)

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service isnecessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the bestpossible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor CorporationHIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Event Data RecorderThis vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safervehicles.

Air Conditioning and the EnvironmentYour Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not todamage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

PerchlorateCertain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] maycontain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2009 Mazda Motor CorporationPrinted in Japan Sep. 2009(Print2)

AWord to Mazda Owners


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (4,1)

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGA WARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage toyour vehicle, or both, could result ifthe caution is ignored.

NOTEA NOTE provides information and sometimessuggests how to make better use of yourvehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (5,1)


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer Information and Reporting Safety DefectsImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11

Black plate (6,1)


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (7,1)

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Interior Overview .......................................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View A) .................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View B) .................................................... 1-3Interior Equipment (View C) .................................................... 1-4

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5Front .......................................................................................... 1-5Rear ........................................................................................... 1-6

1-1


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (8,1)

Interior Equipment (View A)

Door-lock knob .................................................................................................. page 3-31DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-26Passenger air bag deactivation switch ............................................................... page 2-39Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-56Turn and lane-change signal .............................................................................. page 5-58Dashboard illumination knob ............................................................................ page 5-40Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-36Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-59Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2Tilt wheel release lever ...................................................................................... page 3-73Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-42Trunk release button .......................................................................................... page 3-33Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-73

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Interior Overview


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (9,1)

Interior Equipment (View B)

Audio control switch ......................................................................................... page 6-56SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-28Cruise control switch ......................................................................................... page 5-21Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-15Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-61Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-7Seat warmer switches .......................................................................................... page 2-4Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-37MT shift lever ..................................................................................................... page 5-11AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-13Accessory socket ............................................................................................... page 6-83Multi-pocket ...................................................................................................... page 6-81


Interior Overview

1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (10,1)

Interior Equipment (View C)

Windblocker ...................................................................................................... page 6-84Convertible top unlock lever .............................................................................. page 3-46Seat side box ...................................................................................................... page 6-82Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-40Back trim storage box ........................................................................................ page 6-82Seat belt ............................................................................................................... page 2-6Seats ..................................................................................................................... page 2-2Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-74Interior light ....................................................................................................... page 6-80Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-80Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-80Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-81

1-4



Interior Overview


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (11,1)

Front

Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-42Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-25Convertible top (Power retractable hardtop) ...................................................... page 3-48Convertible top (Soft top) .................................................................................. page 3-43Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-40Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-34


Exterior Overview

1-5The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (12,1)

Rear

Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-33Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-14Doors and keys .................................................................................................. page 3-30Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-73Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-30Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-34

1-6



Exterior Overview


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (13,1)

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Seats .......................................................................................... 2-2Seat Warmerí ........................................................................... 2-4

Seat Belt Systems .......................................................................... 2-6Seat Belt Precautions ................................................................ 2-6Seat Belt .................................................................................. 2-10Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ................ 2-12Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-14Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-15

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-17Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-17Installing a Child-Restraint System ......................................... 2-22LATCH Child-Restraint System ............................................. 2-25

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-28Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions ................ 2-28Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-32How the SRS Air Bags Work .................................................. 2-33SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria .......................................... 2-36Limitations to SRS Air Bag .................................................... 2-37Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch .................................. 2-39Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification System ........... 2-43Monitoring and Maintenance .................................................. 2-48

2-1íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (14,1)

Seats

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats and seatbacks thatare not securely locked aredangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback couldmove, causing injury. Make sure theadjustable components of the seatare locked in place by attempting toslide the seat forward and backwardand rocking the seatback.

qSeat Slide

WARNINGAdjust the driver's seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

To move a seat forward or backward, raisethe lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (15,1)

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in the passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor:

Your passenger seat has weightsensors, sitting in the passenger seatimproperly out of position or with theseatback reclined too far while thevehicle is moving is dangerous as itcan take off weight from the seatbottom and affect the weightdetermination of the passengersensing system. As a result thepassenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould result in serious injury. Alwayssit upright against the seatback withyour feet on the floor.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After adjusting the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.


Seats

2-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (16,1)

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever. If the seatback isnot supported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)í

To adjust the seat height, move the leverup or down.

Up

Down

Seat Warmerí

The driver and passenger seats can bewarmed by rotating the applicable seatwarmer dial while the ignition is switchedON.The seat temperature increases as thenumber on the dial increases. When theseat warmers are not in use, rotate the seatwarmer dials to 0.

2-4


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (17,1)

WARNINGØ Be careful when using the seat

warmer. The heat from the seatwarmer may be too hot for somepeople, as indicated below, andcould cause a low-temperatureburn.Ø Infants, small babies, elderly

people, and physicallychallenged people

Ø People with delicate skinØ People who are excessively

fatiguedØ People who are drunkØ People who have taken sleep-

inducing medicine such assleeping pills or cold medicine

Ø Do not use the seat warmer withanything having high moisture-retention ability such as a blanketor cushion on the seat. The seatmay be heated excessively andcause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not use the seat warmer evenwhen taking a short nap in thevehicle. The seat may be heatedexcessively and cause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not place heavy objects withsharp projections on the seat, orinsert needles or pins into it. Thiscould cause the seat to becomeexcessively heated and result ininjury from a minor burn.

CAUTIONDo not use organic solvents to cleanthe seat. It may damage the seatsurface and the heater.

NOTEUse the seat warmer when the engine isrunning, and do not continue to use it for along period of time.


Seats

2-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (18,1)

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and passenger always wear seat belts.

All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the waywhen not in use.

The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only anemergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during acollision.

However, the passenger's seat lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two modes: emergencylocking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.Your vehicle is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for securing the LATCH child-restraint system in the passenger seat but there is no child-restraint tether available. Asthere is no rear seat on this vehicle, the preferred location for children, following themanufacturer's instructions on the LATCH child restraint-system and this owner's manual isimportant (page 2-25).

2-6


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (19,1)

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:

Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrownout of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the samecollision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the beltwebbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequateprotection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat beltsystems in use during an accident before they are used again.

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter hasbeen expended:

If the air bags deploy the corresponding pretensioner(s) may also deploy at the sametime. Like the air bags, the seat belt pretensioners will only function once. While it issafer to use a crash-used seat belt that was used in an accident than no seat belt atall, using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter loaded reducesthe safety available to you. If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced, the risk ofinjury in a collision will increase. Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags mustbe replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the loadlimiter will only limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reasonto have the seat belts inspected. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspectthe seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision.


Seat Belt Systems

2-7


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (20,1)

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and seat belt guides are soiled, so tryto keep them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaningthe Lap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-55).

Seat belt guide

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling itout slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out againslowly.

2-8


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (21,1)

qAutomatic Locking Mode

To enable seat belt automatic locking mode, pull it all the way out and connect it asinstructed on the child-restraint system. It will retract down to the child-restraint systemand stay locked on it. If the LATCH lower anchors are not used alone for LATCH stylejunior seats and infant carriers without tethers, always use the automatic locking mode tokeep the child-restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of anaccident. See the section on child restraint (page 2-17).


Seat Belt Systems

2-9


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (22,1)

Seat Belt

WARNINGAlways wear the seat belt with itcorrectly routed in its guide:

Wearing a seat belt without the seatbelt routed in its guide is dangerousbecause the seat belt would not beable to provide adequate protectionin an accident, which could result inserious injury.

Seat belt guide

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Lap/shoulder belt

Seat belt tongue

3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seatbelt buckle until you hear a clicksound.

Seat belt tongue

Seat belt buckle

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Too high

Take up slack Keep low on hip bone

2-10


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (23,1)

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.If the belt does not fully retract, pull it outand check for kinks or twists. Then makesure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qSeat Belt Caution Label

A caution label has been placed inside thesleeve of the lap portion of the driver'sseat belt. When an accident occurs whilethe seat belt is in use, the resulting stresson the seat belt will cause an indicatorwith the words “REPLACE BELT”visible on it to be pulled out of the sleevebelow the caution label. This indicatesthat THE SEAT BELT MUST BEREPLACED.Also note that if at any time the seat belthas undergone stress because of anaccident or other reason, damage to theseat belt's webbing, metal fittings, oranchor bolt may have occurred, eventhough nothing appears to be wrong withthe seat belt. For this reason werecommend that the seat belt be replacedafter it has undergone stress, whether ornot the indicator has been pulled out.

Caution label


Seat Belt Systems

2-11


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (24,1)

Seat Belt Pretensioner andLoad Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andpassenger seat belts are equipped withpretensioner and load limiting systems.For both these systems to work properlyyou must wear the seat belt properly.

Pretensioners:In moderate or severe frontal or near-frontal accidents, the air bag andpretensioner systems deploysimultaneously. The seat belt retractorsremove slack quickly as the air bags areexpanding. Any time the air bags andfront seat belt pretensioners have firedthey must be replaced.In addition, the pretensioner system forthe passenger, like the passenger air bag,is designed to only deploy in accordancewith the total seated weight on thepassenger seat (page 2-43) or when thepassenger air bag deactivation switchturned to the ON position (page 2-39).

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have not fired,the load limiting function must bechecked by an Authorized Mazda Dealerafter any collision.

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:

Incorrect positioning of the driver andpassenger seat belts is dangerous.Without proper positioning, thepretensioner and load limitingsystems cannot provide adequateprotection in an accident and thiscould result in serious injury. Formore details about wearing seatbelts, refer to “Fastening the seatbelts” (page 2-10).

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:

If the air bags deploy thecorresponding pretensioner(s) mayalso deploy at the same time. Likethe air bags, the seat beltpretensioners will only function once.While it is safer to use a crash-usedseat belt that was used in anaccident than no seat belt at all,using a seat belt with an expendedpretensioner or load limiter loadedreduces the safety available to you. Ifthe seat belt pretensioners are notreplaced, the risk of injury in acollision will increase. Expended seatbelt pretensioners and air bags mustbe replaced after any collision whichcaused them to deploy. Additionally,the load limiter will only limit loadson the chest once in a collision andthis is another reason to have theseat belts inspected. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer inspect theseat belt pretensioners and air bagsafter any collision.

2-12


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (25,1)

Do not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testing deviceson the pretensioner system:

Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperablewhich would prevent it fromactivating in an accident. Theoccupants or repairers could beseriously injured.

Properly dispose of the pretensionersystem:

Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrapa pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTEl The pretensioner system will activate in a

moderate or greater frontal or near-frontalcollision. It will not activate in mostrollovers, side or rear impacts.The pretensioner system for the passengeris designed to only deploy in accordancewith the total seated weight on thepassenger seat.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does not indicatea fire. This gas normally has no effect onoccupants, however, those with sensitiveskin may experience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of the air bagsor the pretensioner system gets on the skinor in the eyes, wash it off as soon aspossible.

qAir Bag/Seat Belt PretensionerSystem Warning Light

If the air bag/seat belt pretensioner systemis working properly, the warning lightilluminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or after theengine is cranked. The warning light turnsoff after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If any ofthese occur, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible. The systemmay not work in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.


Seat Belt Systems

2-13


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (26,1)

Seat Belt ExtenderIf your seat belt is not long enough, evenwhen fully extended, a seat belt extendermay be available to you at no charge fromyour Authorized Mazda Dealer.This extender will be only for you and forthe particular vehicle and seat. Even if itplugs into other seat belts, it may not holdin the critical moment of a crash.When ordering an extender, only orderone that provides the necessary additionallength to fasten the seat belt properly.Please contact your Authorized MazdaDealer for more information.

WARNINGDo not use a seat belt extender unlessit is necessary:

Using a seat belt extender when notnecessary is dangerous. The seat beltwill be too long and not fit properly.In an accident, the seat belt will notprovide adequate protection and youcould be seriously injured. Only usethe extender when it is required tofasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:Using a seat belt extender that is foranother person or a different vehicleor seat is dangerous. The seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand the user could be seriouslyinjured in an accident. Only use theextender provided for you and for theparticular vehicle and seat. NEVERuse the extender in a different vehicleor seat. If you sell your Mazda, donot leave your seat belt extender inthe vehicle. It could be usedaccidentally by the new owner of thevehicle. After removing the seat beltextender, discard it. Never use theseat belt extender in any othervehicle you may own in the future.

Do not use an extender that is toolong:

Using an extender that is too long isdangerous. The seat belt will not fitproperly. In an accident, the seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand you could be seriously injured.Do not use the extender or chooseone shorter in length if the distancebetween the extender's buckle andthe center of the user's body is lessthan 15 cm (6 in).

2-14


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (27,1)

NOTEWhen not in use, remove the seat belt extenderand store it in the vehicle. If the seat beltextender is left connected, the seat beltextender might get damaged as it will notretract with the rest of the seat belt and caneasily fall out of the door when not in use andbe damaged. In addition, the seat belt warninglight will not illuminate and function properly.

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

qBelt Minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate orrestore the seat belt minder.


Seat Belt Systems

2-15


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (28,1)

Driver seated/Passenger not seated

The belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened: Unfastened: Illuminated: Flashing: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.

Driver seated/Passenger seated

The seat belt warning function remindsthe passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the passenger seatmay cause the passenger seat belt warningfunction to operate depending on theweight of the item.


NOTEl To allow the passenger seat weight sensor

to function properly, do not place and sit onan additional seat cushion on the passengerseat. The sensor may not function properlybecause the additional seat cushion couldcause sensor interference.

l When a small child sits on the passengerseat, it is possible that neither the warninglight nor the warning beep operate.

2-16


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (29,1)

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should use seat belts, both lap andshoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle.

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the passenger seat with theair bag system activated.If a small child or infant in the passenger seat ― particularly a child secured in a rear-facing child-restraint system ― it is critically important that you consciously deactivate thepassenger air bag and not simply rely on the passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightbeing turned on at all times. In a collision, the force of an air bag slamming the child-restraint system rearwards could result in death to the child even if the child is properlybelted. Be alert to the operation of the indicator light and BE SURE THE PASSENGERAIR BAG IS ALWAYS DEACTIVATED AS INDICATED BY PASSENGER AIR BAGDEACTIVATION INDICATOR LIGHT.Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light


Child Restraint

2-17


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (30,1)

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by the deployment of the passenger air bag, thereare two methods to deactivate the passenger air bag for a child's safety as follows ―however the surest way to avoid the passenger air bag not deploying is to use the key andturn off the passenger air bag and not rely on the passenger seat weight sensors, which willalso detect other loads or objects on and around the passenger seat;

Passenger air bag deactivation switchThis switch should be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also thepassenger seat belt pretensioner system if installing a child-restraint system is installed onthe passenger seat.Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except when achild-restraint system is installed on the passenger seat.Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-39.Passenger seat weight sensorsThese sensors deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seatbelt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the passenger seat is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb).When an infant or small child is seated on the passenger seat, the system shuts off thepassenger air bag, so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightilluminates.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-43.

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemWe have installed lower LATCH anchor points for LATCH style junior seats and infantcarriers that work without tethers only. Any other child-restraint system that has an uppertether cannot be used in this vehicle because there is no tether anchor. A child-restraintsystem with a tether cannot be properly mounted in this vehicle unless the child restraintmanufacturer provides instructions on mounting the child-restraint system with only seatbelts in automatic locking mode. Even then, without a tether, the child-restraint system maymove forward more easily in seat belts, further degrading the safety provided if you were toput the child restraint in a tether anchor equipped rear seat of another vehicle. The seat andhead restraint is designed for maximum adult space utilization in this vehicle. Do not try tosecure the tether to something else in the vehicle, as too much slack will result and theserious risk of injury or death to the child. Use the seat belts to properly secure the non-tethered child-restraint systems other than the LATCH junior seats and non-tethered infantcarriers. Turn off the passenger air bag deactivation switch. To expose and use the lowerLATCH anchor points, which are affixed to the body and not the seat, slide the seat all theway rearward which is the optimal vehicle seat position for all children in this two seat car.

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:

For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

2-18


Child Restraint


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (31,1)

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from thevehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchorsfor LATCH child-restraint systems.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in asudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bagforces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may beslammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminatedwhen using a rear-facing child-restraint system:

Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed on thepassenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light notilluminated is extremely dangerous. In an accident, a air bag could inflate and causeserious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear-facing child-restraintsystem. Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light isilluminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off.Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-39.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-43.


Child Restraint

2-19


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (32,1)

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the passenger seat is dangerous:This vehicle is equipped with both a passenger seat weight sensor and a passengerair bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-43). Even with the passenger seat weightsensors, seating a child in a child-restraint system on the passenger seat under thefollowing conditions increases the danger of the passenger air bag deploying andcould result in serious injury or death to the child. These are among the reasons whythe passenger air bag should be turned off using the key.Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the

passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the child-restraint system.

Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraintsystem.

Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The passenger seat is moved backward, and it is pushed into luggage or other

items placed behind it.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center

console.Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the passenger

seat, are attached to the passenger seat.

Before installing child-restraint system on the passenger seat, move the passengerseat as far back as possible:

In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death tothe child. Make sure that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFFposition. Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch (page 2-39).

Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side airbags:

Allowing anyone to lean over or against the door is dangerous. If the vehicle isequipped with side air bags, the impact of an inflating side air bag could causeserious injury or death to the person. Children are more likely to sleep in the vehicle;when they do, they are more at risk in the passenger's seat that has a side air bagbecause they may slump over into the path of the seatback-mounted air bag.Furthermore, leaning over or against the doors could block the side air bag andeliminate the advantages of supplemental protection. Because the side air bagdeploys from the outboard shoulder of the seat, do not allow the child to lean over oragainst the side window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.

2-20


Child Restraint


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (33,1)

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

Always use a child-restraint system designed for use without a tether:Using a child-restraint system that requires a tether is dangerous. Your Mazda doesnot have a child-restraint tether. The child-restraint system cannot be properlysecured. In a collision, it could move and injure other occupants as well as result inserious injuries or death to the child.

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot when exposed to directsunlight during warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check thembefore you or your child touches them.

NOTEYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCHchild-restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the passenger seat when it is inthe fully rearward position. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system, refer to“LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-25).


Child Restraint

2-21


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (34,1)

Installing a Child-Restraint System

The passenger lap/shoulder belt can easilybe converted into the automatic lockingmode, which must be done to hold thechild-restraint system.Some child-restraint systems also employspecially designed LATCH attachments;refer to “LATCH Child-RestraintSystems” (page 2-25).Follow these manufacturer's instructionswhen installing a child-restraint system onthe passenger's seat, unless you areattaching a LATCH-equipped child-restraint system to the LATCH loweranchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-25).

NOTEFollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully. If youare not sure whether you have a LATCHsystem, check in the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions and follow themaccordingly. Depending on the type of child-restraint system, it may not employ seat beltswhich are in automatic locking mode, howeverif it uses an upper tether, it may not bemounted properly in this vehicle as there is nosafe way to anchor the tether. Confirm whetherthe child-restraint system can be used with seatbelts by reading the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

Before installing a child-restraint system,make sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminated byusing the key to turn the passenger air bagoff.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors onpage 2-43.Refer to Passenger Air Bag DeactivationSwitch on page 2-39.

1. Make sure to remove articles frombehind the passenger seat that wouldprevent the seat from sliding back fully,and then slide the seat as far back aspossible.

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the instructions on the child-restraint system for belt routinginstructions.

3. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

2-22


Child Restraint


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (35,1)

4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Clickingfrom the retractor will be heard duringretraction if the system is in automaticlocking mode. If the belt does not lockthe seat down tight, repeat this step.

5. Make sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesby using the key to turn the passengerair bag off after installing a child-restraint system on the passenger seat.

WARNINGAlways make sure the passenger airbag deactivation indicator light isilluminated when using a rear-facingchild-restraint system:

Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed onthe passenger seat with thepassenger air bag deactivationindicator light not illuminated isextremely dangerous. In an accident,a air bag could inflate and causeserious injuries or even death to thechild seated in the rear-facing child-restraint system. Always make surethe passenger air bag deactivationindicator light is illuminated usingthe key to turn the passenger air bagoff.Refer to Passenger seat weightsensors on page 2-43.Refer to Passenger Air BagDeactivation Switch on page 2-39.


Child Restraint

2-23


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (36,1)

NOTEl Inspect this function before each use of the

child-restraint system. You should not beable to pull the shoulder belt out of theretractor while the system is in theautomatic locking mode. When you removethe child-restraint system, be sure the beltfully retracts to return the system toemergency locking mode before occupantsuse the seat belts.

l Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraintsystem, it may not employ seat belts whichare in automatic locking mode, however ifit uses an upper tether, it may not bemounted properly in this vehicle as there isno safe way to anchor the tether. Confirmwhether the child-restraint system can beused with seat belts by reading the child-restraint system manufacturer'sinstructions.

2-24


Child Restraint


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (37,1)

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designedLATCH child-restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the passengerseat when it is in the fully rearward position. Only LATCH junior seats and infant carrierswithout upper tethers can be used in this position, as there is no good place to anchor thetether due to this vehicle's design. Both anchors must be used when installing these loweranchor only child-restraint systems, otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the childin danger.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure any child-restraint system does not rely on an upper tether and then properlysecure those non-tethered seats according to the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure theseat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child inan improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCHchild-restraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint system:

Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installingthe child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent thechild-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors andthe child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system couldmove in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are noseat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.


Child Restraint

2-25


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (38,1)

qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure

Before installing a child-restraint system,make sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminated byusing the key to turn the passenger air bagoff.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors onpage 2-43.Refer to Passenger Air Bag DeactivationSwitch on page 2-39.

1. Make sure to remove articles frombehind the passenger seat that wouldprevent the seat from sliding back fully,and then slide the seat as far back aspossible to insert the LATCH loweranchors between the seat bottom andthe seatback.

2. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of the LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

3. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instruction, however ifit uses an upper tether, it may not bemounted properly in this vehicle asthere is no safe way to anchor thetether. Confirm whether the child-restraint system can be used with seatbelts by reading the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions.

4. Make sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesby using the key to turn the passengerair bag off after installing a child-restraint system on the passenger seat.

2-26


Child Restraint


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (39,1)

WARNINGAlways make sure the passenger airbag deactivation indicator light isilluminated when using a rear-facingchild-restraint system:

Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed onthe passenger seat with thepassenger air bag deactivationindicator light not illuminated isextremely dangerous. In an accident,a air bag could inflate and causeserious injuries or even death to thechild seated in the rear-facing child-restraint system. Always make surethe passenger air bag deactivationindicator light is illuminated usingthe key to turn the passenger air bagoff.Refer to Passenger seat weightsensors on page 2-43.Refer to Passenger Air BagDeactivation Switch on page 2-39.


Child Restraint

2-27


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (40,1)

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 4 air bags. Pleaseverify the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” locationindicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.The air bags are installed in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)l The passenger dashboard (passenger air bag)l The outboard sides of the seatbacks (side air bags)í

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protectionin certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions that are notsevere enough to activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

For some models, a passenger air bag deactivation switch is provided. This switch shouldbe used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat beltpretensioner system if a child-restraint system is installed on the passenger seat. Make surethe passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except when a child-restraint system is installed on the passenger seat. Refer to Passenger Air Bag DeactivationSwitch on page 2-39.If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and passenger occupant classificationsystem, refer to the Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification System (page 2-43)for details.

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by the deployment of the passenger air bag in theunlikely event of an accident, there are two methods to deactivate the passenger air bag asfollows, however, the surest way to prevent the passenger air bag from deploying is to usethe ignition key to turn it off rather than rely on the passenger seat weight sensors, whichwill also detect other loads or objects on and around the passenger seat.Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in everystate and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraintsystem (page 2-17).

2-28


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (41,1)

Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.Do not use a child-restraint system which employs an upper tether because there is noappropriate means to anchor the tether.

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:

Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can beexpected to inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, sidecollisions that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seatbelts.

Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminatedwhen using a rear-facing child-restraint system:

Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed on thepassenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light notilluminated is extremely dangerous. In an accident, a air bag could inflate and causeserious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear-facing child-restraintsystem. Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light isilluminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off.Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-39.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-43.

Do not sit too close to the driver and passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing hands orfeet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and passenger air bags inflate withgreat force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close. The drivershould always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The seat passengershould keep both feet on the floor. Seat occupants should adjust their seats as farback as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts wornproperly.


SRS Air Bags

2-29


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (42,1)

Do not sit too close to a door or lean against doors in vehicles with side air bags:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremelydangerous. A side air bag inflates with great force and speed directly out of theoutboard shoulder of the seat and expands along the door on the side the car is hit.Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaningagainst a window in the seats. Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hangingout the driver-side window while driving could block the side air bag and eliminatethe advantages of supplemental protection. Give the side air bags room to work bysitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts wornproperly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and passenger air bagsdeploy:

Attaching an object to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placingsomething in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interferewith air bag inflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching things to the seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seatin any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side airbag, which inflates from the outboard side of the seats, impeding the addedprotection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that isdangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Never use seat covers on the seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in yourseats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event ofa side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in deathor serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to thesupplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under theseats.

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:

Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You couldget burned.

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. Theair bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.Occupants could be seriously injured.

2-30


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (43,1)

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collisionresulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not makeany modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized MazdaDealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of seats. Itis important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags donot accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and passenger seatweight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an undamaged air bagconnection.

NOTEl When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.

Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injurieson body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and thatfamiliarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.


SRS Air Bags

2-31


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (44,1)

Supplemental Restraint System Components

Driver/Passenger inflators and air bagsCrash sensor, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)Seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-12)Front air bag sensorSide crash sensorsí

Air bag/seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-35)Side inflators and air bagsí

Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-43)Passenger air bag deactivation switch (page 2-39)Passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-43)Passenger seat weight sensor control moduleDriver and passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-47)Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-43)

2-32


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (45,1)

How the SRS Air Bags WorkYour Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags aredesigned to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition tothe seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.

qSeat Belt Pretensioners

The seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, nearfrontal collisions.

qDriver Air Bag

The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheels.When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, thedriver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chestcaused by directly hitting the steering wheel.The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During animpact of moderate severity the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas duringmore severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.


SRS Air Bags

2-33


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (46,1)

qPassenger Air Bag

The passenger air bag is mounted in the passenger dashboard.The inflation mechanism for the passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag, asmentioned above. In addition, the passenger air bag is designed to only deploy inaccordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat. For details, refer to the driverand passenger occupant classification system (page 2-43).

qSide Air Bagsí

The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thesystem inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side airbag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused bydirectly hitting interior parts such as a door or window. In addition, the front passenger sideair bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classificationsystem (page 2-43).

2-34


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (47,1)

qAir Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning lightilluminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine iscranked. The warning light turns off after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantlyilluminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition. If any of these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.The system may not work in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensionercould accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.


SRS Air Bags

2-35


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (48,1)

SRS Air Bag Deployment CriteriaThis chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the typeof collision.(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)

SRSequipment

Types of collision

A severe frontal/near frontal collision A severe side collision A rear collision

Seat beltpretensioner

X*1(both sides)

No air bag and front seatbelt pretensioner will beactivated in a rear collision.

Driver airbag

X

Passenger airbag

X*1

Side airbagí

X*1(impact side only)

X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.*1: The passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to

deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the passenger seat orthe status of the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

2-36


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (49,1)

Limitations to SRS Air BagIn severe collisions such as those described previously in “SRS Air Bag DeploymentCriteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in some accidents,the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity.

Limitations to front/near front collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not bedetected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle

Rear-ending or running under a truck’s tail gate

Limitations to side collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected assevere enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles


SRS Air Bags

2-37


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (50,1)

Roll-over

2-38


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (51,1)

Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch

WARNINGDo not deactivate the passenger air bag unnecessarily:

Unnecessary deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous. If turned offunnecessarily, the passenger will not receive the added protection of the air bag.Serious injuries or even death could occur. With the exception of passengers fittingthe categories described below, do not turn the air bag deactivation switch to theOFF position.

Your vehicle is equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. The switch islocated in the position shown in the figure below. The switch must be used to deactivatethe passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner systemwhen the occupant of the passenger seat fits into one of the following categories (asdescribed in the request form for the passenger air bag deactivation switch, the appendix Bto part 595 of National Highway Traffic Safety Administration [NHTSA]):l Infants (less than one year old; for all types of restraint, but particularly the rear-facingchild restraint.)

l Children aged 1 to 12l People with certain medical conditions which, according to his/her physician, could beadversely affected by air-bag activation

For more government release information on air bag deactivation, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer for the occupant categories as described in the request form for the air bagdeactivation switch in the NHTSA rules.The air bag deactivation switch turns off the passenger front and side air bags and the alsoseat belt pretensioner system. Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in theON position except when a passenger fitting the previous categories occupies the frontpassenger seat.


SRS Air Bags

2-39


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (52,1)

Passenger Air BagDeactivation Switch

Passenger Air BagDeactivation Indicator Light

Passenger Front and SideAir Bag Operation

Passenger Seat BeltPretensioner System

OFF position

ON Deactivate Deactivate

ON position

OFF Ready Ready

When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the passenger air bag deactivationindicator light comes on for a specified period of time.If the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position, the indicator lightremains on to warn that the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat beltpretensioner system have been deactivated.In addition to using the key to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and the alsoseat belt pretensioner system, the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat beltpretensioner system is also deactivated and the passenger air bag deactivation indicatorlight is illuminated automatically when the total seated weight on the passenger seat is lessthan 30 kg (66 lb).

NOTEHave the passenger air bag deactivation switch inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any ofthese conditions occur:l The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate for a specified period of

time when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.l The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not remain on when the ignition switch is

turned to the ON position and the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position.l The passenger air bag deactivation indicator remains on when the ignition switch is turned to the

ON position and the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position.

2-40


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (53,1)

qTo Deactivate the Passenger Air Bag

Before driving, always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in theappropriate position according to your requirements.

WARNINGDo not leave the key in the front passenger air bag deactivation switch:

(With advanced key)Unintentional deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous. In an accident, thepassenger will not be properly protected. Serious injuries or even death could occur.To avoid unintentional deactivation, always use the auxiliary key stored in theadvanced key currently being used to operate the passenger air bag deactivationswitch. After deactivating the air bag, put the auxiliary key back into the advancedkey. That way you will not leave the key in the passenger air bag deactivationswitch.(Without advanced key)Unintentional deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous. In an accident, thepassenger will not be properly protected. Serious injuries or even death could occur.To avoid unintentional deactivation, always use the same key to operate thepassenger air bag deactivation switch and the ignition switch, that way you will notleave the key in the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

1. Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the key clockwiseuntil the key points to OFF.

2. Remove the key.

3. Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light remains illuminated when the ignitionis in the ON position.

NOTE(With advanced key)After operating the passenger air bag deactivation switch, put the auxiliary key back into theadvanced key.


SRS Air Bags

2-41


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (54,1)

The passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system will remaindeactivated until the passenger air bag deactivation switch is turned to the ON position.

qTo Ready the Passenger Air Bag

Before driving, always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in theappropriate position according to your requirements.

1. Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the keycounterclockwise until the key points to ON.

2. Remove the key.

3. Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light turns off after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.

NOTE(With advanced key)After operating the passenger air bag deactivation switch, put the auxiliary key back into theadvanced key.

2-42


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (55,1)

Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification SystemFirst, please read “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions” (page 2-28)carefully.

qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensordetermines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seatposition to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is designed to control thedeployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steeringwheel.The air bag/seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possiblemalfunction (page 2-35).

qPassenger Seat Weight Sensors

Your vehicle is equipped with a passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplementalrestraint system. These sensors are located under both of the passenger seat rails. Thesesensors determine the total seated weight on the passenger seat. The SAS unit is designedto prevent the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system fromdeploying if the total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lbs).To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the passenger air bag, the systemdeactivates the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner systemwhen:

l There is no passenger in the passenger seat. (The passenger air bag deactivationindicator light does not illuminate.)

l The total seated weight on the passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lbs).(The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)

This system shuts off the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem, so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminatesaccording to the following table.

The air bag/seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction. If thishappens, the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will notdeploy.


SRS Air Bags

2-43


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (56,1)

Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the passenger front and side air bags andseat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

If the passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position. For a specified of time it goes out.

The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Total seated weight on thepassenger seat

Passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light

Passenger front and sideair bags

Passenger seat beltpretensioner system

Empty (Not occupied)* OFF Deactivated Deactivated

Less than approx. 30 kg(66 lbs)

ON Deactivated Deactivated

Approx. 42 kg (93 lbs) ormore

OFF Ready Ready

If the passenger air bag has been deactivated using the key, the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light willremain illuminated as long you leave the passenger air bag turned off, and the chart above no longer applies.Refer to Passenger air bag deactivation switch on page 2-39.* If the passenger seat belt is buckled, the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, however thisdoes not indicate a malfunction.

If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart,do not allow a child to sit in the passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident. You must deactivatethe passenger air bag using the key (page 2-39) and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

2-44


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (57,1)

WARNINGDo not decrease the total seated weight on the passenger seat:

When an adult or large child sits on the passenger seat, decreasing the total seatedweight on the passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg(93 lbs) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The passenger seat weightsensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the passenger frontand side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during anaccident. The passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag,which could result in serious injury. Decreasing the total seated weight on thepassenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg (93 lbs) couldresult in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions, for example:Ø Luggage or other items placed under the passenger seat or between the passenger

seat and center console that push up the passenger seat bottom.Ø The passenger seat occupant sits in a manner such that the occupant's entire

weight is not placed on the seat sitting too close to the door.Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the passenger

seat are attached to the passenger seat.The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66 lbs)and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lbs).


SRS Air Bags

2-45


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (58,1)

Do not increase the total seated weight on the passenger seat:When an infant or small child sits on the passenger seat, increasing the total seatedweight on the passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg(66 lbs) is dangerous. The passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increasedtotal seated weight, which could result in the unexpected deployment of thepassenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accidentand may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seated weight on the passengerseat beyond the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66 lbs) could result inthe passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deploymentin an accident under the following conditions, for example:Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the

passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lbs) or more.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The passenger seat is moved backward, and it is pushed into luggage or other

items placed behind it.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center

console.Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the passenger

seat are attached to the passenger seat.The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66 lbs)and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lbs).

CAUTIONØ To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the

sensors in the seat bottoms:Ø Do not place sharp objects on the seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on

them.Ø Do not spill any liquids on the seats or under the seats.

Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:Ø Adjust the seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the

seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.Ø If you place your child on the passenger seat, secure the child-restraint system

properly and slide the passenger seat as far back as possible.

2-46


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (59,1)

NOTEl The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the passenger front and side

air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.l The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other

items are put on the passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interior changessuddenly.

l The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the totalseated weight on the passenger seat changes.

l You must deactivate the passenger air bag using the key (page 2-39) and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qDriver and Passenger Buckle Switches

The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts aresecurely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.


SRS Air Bags

2-47


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (60,1)

Monitoring and Maintenance

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:

l Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)l Front air bag sensorl Air bag modulesl Side crash sensorsí

l Air bag/Seat belt pretensioner system warning lightl Seat belt pretensionersl Related wiringl Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightl Front passenger air bag deactivation switchl Driver seat slide position sensorl Front passenger seat weight sensorsl Front passenger seat weight sensor control module

The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when theignition switch is turned to the ON position and continues while the vehicle is beingdriven.

qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:l The air bag system warning light flashes.l The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.l The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

l The air bags have deployed.l Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart orwhen you manually deactivate the passenger air bag with the key.For more details about passenger air bag deactivation, refer to:l Passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-43)l Passenger air bag deactivation switch (page 2-39)

2-48


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (61,1)

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:

Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must bereplaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only atrained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that theywill work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bagor pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of anysubsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such as the seats, dashboard, the steering wheel or partson the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge, containing air bagparts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air bag components. Theair bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremelydangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask anAuthorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an airbag equipped vehicle.

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”(page 9-2).


SRS Air Bags

2-49


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (62,1)

2-50


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (63,1)

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2Advanced Keysí ...................................................................... 3-2Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-15Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-18Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-19Setting Change (Function Customization) .............................. 3-21When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-22

Doors and Locks ......................................................................... 3-23Keys (without Advanced Key) ................................................ 3-23Keyless Entry System (with Retractable Type Key)í ............ 3-24Door Locks ............................................................................. 3-30Trunk Lid ................................................................................ 3-33Inside Trunk Release Lever ..................................................... 3-35Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-37Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-40Hood ....................................................................................... 3-42Convertible Top (Soft Top)í .................................................. 3-43Convertible Top (Power Retractable Hardtop)í ..................... 3-48

Security System ........................................................................... 3-63Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) ............................. 3-63Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................ 3-67Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-71

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-73Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-73Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-73

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (64,1)

Advanced Keysí

The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables thefollowing operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).l Locking/unlocking the doors, and opening the trunk lid, without operating the key.l Starting the engine without operating the key.Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key.Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3-15.l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry systemfrom a distance (Lock/Unlock/Trunk/Panic button):l Locking/unlocking the doors.l Opening the trunk lid.l Opening the power windowsí.l Turning on the alarm.

l Locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk lid, or starting the engine using theauxiliary key.

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place whereyour children will not find or play with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someonebeing badly injured or even killed. Children may find these new kinds of keys to bean interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controlsto operate, or even make the vehicle move.

Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such aspacemakers:

Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask themedical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from theadvanced key will affect the equipment.

NOTEl The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.l Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-63) for information regarding keys and engine starting.l (With theft-deterrent system)

Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-71) for information regarding keys and the prevention ofvehicle and vehicle contents theft.

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (65,1)

Lock button

Operation indicator light Auxiliary key

Key code number plate

Unlock button Trunk button

Panic button

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store itin a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.

Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not inthe vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (66,1)

CAUTIONØ Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function

correctly under the following conditions:Ø The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular

phones.Ø The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.Ø The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell

phones.Ø Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.Ø There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.Ø If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain

gas stations.Ø The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high-

intensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices suchas televisions or personal computers.

Ø To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:Ø Drop the advanced key.Ø Get the advanced key wet.Ø Disassemble the advanced key.Ø Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the

dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.Ø Place heavy objects on the advanced key.Ø Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.Ø Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.

NOTEl Battery life is about one year. Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY

indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine,otherwise, you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once thebattery is completely dead Refer to KEY warning light (red) on page 5-50. If this occurs, you willhave to either force-start the engine or use the auxiliary key Refer to Advanced Key Battery DeadWarning on page 3-20.

l Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keyscan be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (67,1)

qAdvanced Key Maintenance

CAUTIONØ Make sure the battery is installed

with the correct pole facingupward. Battery leakage couldoccur if it is not installed correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Alsobe careful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could bedamaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR2025 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

The following conditions indicate that thebattery power is low:l The KEY indicator light (green) flashesin the instrument cluster for about 30seconds after the engine is turned off.

l The system does not operate and theoperation indicator light on thetransmitter does not flash when thebuttons are pressed.

l The system's operational range isreduced.

Replacing the battery at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer is recommended to preventdamage to the advanced key. If replacingthe battery by yourself, follow theinstruction below.

Replacing the advanced key battery

1. Pull out the auxiliary key.

2. Insert a flathead screwdriver into thegroove shown in the figure and rotatethe screwdriver to open the coverslightly.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (68,1)

3. Insert the flathead screwdriver into thegap between the cover and thetransmitter, and then rotate thescrewdriver to detach the cover.

4. Remove the battery cap, then removethe battery.

5. Insert a new battery with the positivepole facing up, and then cover thebattery with the battery cap.

6. Close the cover.

7. Reinsert the auxiliary key.

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (69,1)

CAUTIONØ Be careful not to allow the rubber

ring shown in the figure to bescratched or damaged.

Ø If the rubber ring detaches,reattach it before inserting a newbattery.

Rubber ring

qService

If you have a problem with the advancedkeyless functions, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your advanced key is lost or stolen,bring all remaining advanced keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen advanced keyinoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

Operation Using AdvancedKeyless Functions

qOperational Range

The system operates only when the driveris in the vehicle or within operationalrange while the advanced key is beingcarried.

NOTEWhen the battery power is low, or in placeswhere there are high-intensity radio waves ornoise, the operational range may becomenarrower or the system may not operate.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The operational range for locking/unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80cm (31 in) from the center of the doorhandles.

Exterior transmitter

Operational range

NOTEThe system may not operate if you are tooclose to the windows, door handles.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-7


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (70,1)

Opening the trunk lid

The operational range for opening thetrunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm (31 in)from the center of the trunk lid.

Exterior transmitter

Operational range

Starting the engine

The operational range for starting theengine includes nearly the entire cabinarea.

Operational range

Interior transmitter

NOTEl The trunk is out of the operational range,

however, starting the engine may bepossible.

l The engine may not start if the advancedkey is placed in the following areas:l Around the dashboardl In the storage compartments such as the

glove boxl On the rear parcel shelf

l Starting the engine may be possible even ifthe advanced key is outside of the vehicleand extremely close to a door and window,however, always start the engine from thedriver's seat.If the vehicle is started and driven awaywhile the advanced key is not in the vehicle,the vehicle will not restart after it is turnedoff and the ignition switch is turned to theLock position.

l If the advanced key is detected withinoperational range, the operation indicatorlight on the transmitter flashesmomentarily.

qLocking, Unlocking the Doorswith Request Switch

Both doors can be locked/unlocked bypressing the request switch on a doorwhile the advanced key is being carried.

Request switch

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (71,1)

To lock

To lock the doors, press the requestswitch. A beep sound will be heard onceand the hazard warning lights will flashonce.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that the doors are locked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash when thetheft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if boththe doors are locked before the theft-deterrentsystem is properly armed.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-71.

To unlock

Driver's door request switch

To unlock the driver's door, press therequest switch. A beep sound will beheard twice and the hazard warning lightswill flash twice.To unlock both doors , press the requestswitch again within 3 seconds and twomore beep sounds will be heard.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the doors are unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash when thetheft deterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash unlessthe theft deterrent system has been properlyturned off.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-71.

Passenger door request switch

To unlock the doors, press the requestswitch. A beep sound will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-9


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (72,1)

NOTEl Confirm that both doors are securely

locked.l Both doors cannot be locked when any

door is open.l A beep sound is heard for confirmation

when the doors are locked/unlocked usingthe request switch. If you prefer, the beepsound can be turned off (page 3-21).

l The setting can be changed so that thedoors are locked automatically withoutpressing the request switch (page 3-21).(Auto-lock function)A beep sound is heard when both doors areclosed while the advanced key is beingcarried. Both doors are lockedautomatically after about 3 seconds whenthe advanced key is out of the operationalrange. Also, the hazard warning lights flashonce. (Even if the driver is in theoperational range, both doors are lockedautomatically after about 30 seconds.)If you are out of the operational rangebefore the doors are completely closed oranother advanced key is left in the vehicle,the auto-lock function will not work.Always make sure that both doors areclosed and locked before leaving thevehicle.

l (Auto re-lock function)After unlocking doors by pressing therequest switch, both doors willautomatically lock if any of the followingoperations are not performed within about30 seconds. If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent system, the hazard warning lightswill flash for confirmation.l A door is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the

ignition switch.l The start knob is pushed.

qOpening the Trunk Lid withRequest Switch

The trunk lid can be opened by pressingthe request switch on the under side of thetrunk lid above the license plate while theadvanced key is being carried.

Request switch

NOTEl If the advanced key is left in the trunk, the

trunk lid will close, however, the trunk lidcan be opened using the request switch andthe vehicle could be stolen.

l (With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid can only be opened when thepower retractable hardtop is fully opened/closed. Open/close the power retractablehardtop completely before opening thetrunk lid.

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (73,1)

qStarting the Engine

Ignition switch positions

As there is no a traditional key, some ofthe ignition switch functions are different.

Start knob

LOCK (Released)

The steering wheel locks to help protectagainst theft.

LOCK (Depressed)

The ignition switch can be turned to theACC position when the KEY indicatorlight (green) illuminates in the instrumentcluster.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key to LOCK position, set theparking brake and make sure the shiftlever is in P with an automatictransmission or in 1 or R with a manualtransmission:

It is important to place the key in theLOCK position even if you are notremoving the key from the ignition orleaving the vehicle. Leaving the keyin other positions will disable some ofthe vehicle security systems and runthe battery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand shifting the shift lever to P withan automatic transmission, or to 1 orR with a manual transmission isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

NOTEl If turning the ignition switch is difficult,

jiggle the steering wheel from side to side.l (Automatic transmission)

The ignition switch cannot be turned fromthe ACC position to the LOCK positionwhen the shift lever is not in P.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

NOTEThe Advanced Keyless Entry System does notfunction in the ACC position, and the doorswill not lock/unlock using the transmitter orrequest switches even if the advanced key iscarried away from the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-11


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (74,1)

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lights(except brakes) should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-41).

NOTEWhen the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the fuel pump motoroperating near the fuel tank can be heard. Thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the start knob;then it returns to the ON position. Thebrake warning light can be checked afterthe engine is started (page 5-41).

Starting the engine

NOTEl Engine-starting is controlled by the spark

ignition system.This system meets all CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Standardrequirements regulating the impulseelectrical field strength of radio noise.

l The advanced key must be carried becausethe advanced key carries an immobilizerchip that must communicate with the enginecontrols at short range.

l When starting the engine, be sure the startknob is securely attached before trying tooperate it. If the knob becomes detachedfrom the ignition switch, re-attach it bypushing it on to the ignition switch.

1. Make sure the advanced key is beingcarried.

2. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

3. Make sure the parking brake is on.

4. Depress the brake pedal.

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (75,1)

5. (Manual transmission)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.(Automatic transmission)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transmission)The starter will not operate if the clutch pedalis not depressed all the way.(Automatic transmission)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

6. Push the start knob slowly all the wayin.

7. Verify that the KEY indicator light(green) illuminates in the instrumentcluster. The KEY warning light (red)means you cannot continue to start theengine using the Advanced KeylessSystem. You may have to use theauxiliary key instead (page 3-22).

NOTEIn the following cases, the KEY warning light(red) illuminates and the engine will not start.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is out of operational

range.l The advanced key is placed in areas where

it is difficult for the system to detect thesignal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturer similar tothe advanced key is in the operationalrange.

8. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition while pushing the start knobin.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-13


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (76,1)

9. Turn the ignition switch from the ACCposition to the START position andhold (up to 10 seconds at a time) untilthe engine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

10. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up without operatingthe accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

Turning off the engine

1. Move the shift lever to the P position(Automatic transmission).

2. Turn the ignition switch from the ONposition to the ACC position.

NOTEWhen the engine is turned off and the ignitionswitch it turned from the ACC position to theLOCK position, the KEY indicator light(green) flashes in the instrument cluster forabout 30 seconds if the battery power of theadvanced key is low. Replace the battery with anew one.Refer to Battery Replacement (page 3-7).

3. Push in the start knob from the ACCposition and turn it to the LOCKposition.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position.

NOTEl When turning the ignition switch to the

LOCK position, the ignition switch has tobe pushed in from the ACC position andturned. Without being pushed in, theignition switch stops at the ACC positionand the vehicle battery may be dischargedif the ignition switch is left in the ACCposition. When leaving the vehicle, makesure the ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position.

l If the vehicle is left with the ignition switchnot in the LOCK position, a beep sound isheard and the indicator light flashes tonotify the driver.Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-19).

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (77,1)

Operation Using AdvancedKey Functions

qKeyless Entry System

This system uses the more traditionalkeyless entry buttons to remotely lock andunlock the doors and opens the trunk lid,and opens the power windows.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when theauxiliary key is in the ignition switch.

l With the start knob installed in the LOCKposition, the system is fully operational. Ifthe ignition switch is not in the LOCKposition or the start knob is pushed in, thesystem does not operate.

l Both doors cannot be locked by pressingthe lock button while either door is open.The hazard warning lights will also notflash.

l (With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid cannot be operated remotely ifthe power retractable hardtop is not fullyopened or fully closed.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operational rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-5).

Transmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Operation indicator light

Panic button

NOTEThe unlock button can be used to open thepower windows. Refer to Opening the PowerWindows from Outside (page 3-38).

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors, press the lock button. Abeep sound will be heard once and thehazard warning lights will flash once.

To confirm that both doors have beenlocked, press the lock button again within5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,the horn will sound.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that both doors are locked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash when thetheft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if boththe doors are locked before the theft-deterrentsystem is properly armed.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-71.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-15


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (78,1)

NOTEl Both doors cannot be locked when either

door is open.l Confirm that both doors are locked visually

or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button. A beep will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

To unlock both doors, press the unlockbutton again within 3 seconds and twomore beep sounds will be heard.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that both doors are unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash when thetheft deterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash unlessthe theft deterrent system has been properlyturned off.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-71.

NOTE(Auto re-lock function)After unlocking with the transmitter, bothdoors will automatically lock and the hazardwarning light will flash if any of the followingoperations are not performed within about 30seconds. If your vehicle has a theft-deterrentsystem, the hazard warning lights will flash forconfirmation.l A door is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the

ignition switch.l The start knob is pressed.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press the trunk buttonfor more than 1 second.

NOTE(With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid can only be opened when thepower retractable hardtop is fully opened/closed. Open/close the power retractablehardtop completely before opening the trunklid.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether either dooris open or closed.

(Turning on the alarm)Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

NOTEHowever, if the driver is too close to thevehicle the panic button may not function.

(Turning off the alarm)The alarm stops by pressing any button onthe transmitter.

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (79,1)

Declaration of Conformity

Keyless entry system

Knowing Your Mazda


3-17


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (80,1)

qAuxiliary Key Function

Use the auxiliary key stored in theadvanced key in the event of a deadtransmitter battery or malfunction.

Removing the auxiliary key

Pull out the auxiliary key from theadvanced key.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The doors can be locked/unlocked usingthe auxiliary key, refer to Locking,Unlocking with Key (page 3-30).

Opening the trunk lid

The trunk lid can be opened using theauxiliary key, refer to Opening andClosing the Trunk Lid (page 3-33).

CAUTIONDo not open the trunk while thepower retractable hardtop isopening/closing. The powerretractable hardtop and trunk lidmechanisms could be damaged.

Starting the engine

The engine can be started with theauxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch(page 5-2).

Advanced Key SuspendFunction

If one key is left in the vehicle or trunkand the second key is used to lock thevehicle, the functions of the advanced keyleft in the vehicle or the trunk aretemporarily suspended to prevent theft ofthe vehicle.The following are inoperable:l Starting the engine using the startknob.

l Operating the request switches.To restore these functions, perform anyone of the following:l Press the lock or unlock button on theadvanced key which has had itsfunctions suspended.

l While carrying another advanced key,push in the start knob until the KEYindicator light (green) in the instrumentcluster illuminates.

l Insert the auxiliary key and turn theignition switch to the ON position.

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (81,1)

Warning and Beep Sounds

qSystem Malfunction Warning Beep

If any malfunction occurs in the advancedkeyless function, the KEY warning light(red) in the instrument cluster illuminatescontinuously and beep sounds will beheard.

CAUTIONIf the KEY warning light (red) remainsilluminated, do not continue to drivethe vehicle with the advanced keylessfunction. Park the vehicle in a safeplace and use the auxiliary key tocontinue driving the vehicle. Have thevehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).

qStart Knob Not in LOCKWarning Beep

If the start knob is in the ACC positionand the driver's door is opened, acontinuous beep sound will be heard tonotify the driver that the start knob has notbeen returned to the LOCK position. Inthis case, the keyless entry system doesnot operate, the car cannot be locked, andthe battery will run down.

qAdvanced Key Removed fromVehicle Warning Beep

Under the following conditions, a beepsound will be heard and the KEY warninglight (red) will flash continuously whenthe start knob has not been returned to theLOCK position to notify the driver thatthe advanced key has been removed. TheKEY warning light (red) will stop flashingwhen the advanced key is back inside thevehicle:l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position, the driver's door isopen, and the advanced key is removedfrom the vehicle. (A beep sound will beheard 3 times.)However the beep sound will be heardcontinuously when the start knob is inthe ACC position and the door is opendue to the activation of the warningbeep sound indicating that the startknob is not in the LOCK position.

l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position and all the doorsare closed after removing the advancedkey from the vehicle. (A beep soundwill be heard 6 times.)

NOTEBecause the advanced key utilizes low-intensityradio waves, the Advanced Key Removed FromVehicle Warning may activate if the advancedkey is carried together with a metal object or itis placed in a poor signal reception areawithin the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-19


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (82,1)

qRequest Switch InoperableWarning Beep

If the request switch for a front door ispressed under the following conditionswhile the advanced key is being carried, abeep will be heard 6 times to indicate thatthe front doors cannot be locked.l A door is open (door ajar included).l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position.

l The auxiliary key is inserted into theignition switch.

qAdvanced Key Battery DeadWarning

When the start knob is returned to theACC or LOCK position from the ONposition, the KEY indicator light (green)flashes for approximately 30 secondsindicating that the remaining batterypower is low. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance(page 3-5).

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Setting Change (page 3-21).

qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning

Under the following conditions, the KEYwarning light (red) flashes to inform thedriver that the start knob will not rotate tothe ACC position even if it is pushed infrom the LOCK position.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not withinoperational range.

l The advanced key is placed in areaswhere it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

qAdvanced Key Left-in-trunkWarning Beep

If the advanced key is left in the trunkcompartment with both doors locked andthe trunk lid closed, a beep sound is heardfor about 10 seconds to remind the driverthe advanced key has been left in thetrunk compartment. If this happens, openthe trunk lid by pressing the requestswitch and remove the advanced key. Anadvanced key removed from the trunkmay not function because its functionsmay have been temporarily suspended. Torestore the advanced key function,perform the applicable procedure (page3-18).

qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicleWarning Beep

If an advanced key is left in the vehiclecabin and both doors are locked using aseparate advanced key, a beep sound isheard for about 10 seconds to remind thedriver that the advanced key has been leftin the vehicle cabin. If this happens, thedoors lock but the functions of theadvanced key left in the vehicle cabinmay be temporarily suspended. Performthe following procedure to restore thefunctions of the advanced key (page3-18).

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (83,1)

Setting Change (Function Customization)The following function settings are possible. These settings can only be changed by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Setting Function At Initial SettingAfter Setting

Change

Advanced key batterydead indicator

KEY indicator light (green) flashes to indicatethat the advanced key battery power is low.

Activated Deactivated

Lock/unlock operationconfirmation beepsound*1

A beep sound is heard to confirm that both doorsor the trunk lid have been locked/unlocked. Activated Deactivated

Autolock function*2

When both doors are closed and the advanced keyis being carried and out of operational range, boththe doors automatically lock after 3 seconds.(Even if the driver is in the operational range,both doors are locked automatically after about 30seconds.)

Deactivated Activated

*1: When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.*2: When the autolock function is enabled, windows will not automatically close. You must close them before

leaving vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-21


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (84,1)

When Warning Indicator/Beep is ActivatedUnder the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light inthe instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of theadvanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-19).

Warning What to check

When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will beheard.

Check whether the start knob has been returned to theLOCK position.

When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and theKEY warning light (red) in the instrument clusterflashes.

Check whether the advanced key has been removedfrom the vehicle.

When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times,and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrumentcluster flashes.

Check whether the advanced key has been removedfrom the vehicle.

When locking the doors or closing the trunk, the chimesounds for about 10 seconds.

Check whether the advanced key has not been left in thevehicle or the trunk.

When attempting to lock the doors, a beep sound isheard.

Check whether the advanced key has been left in thevehicle.

Check whether a door is open.

When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in theinstrument cluster.

The advanced key battery power is low. Replace thebattery with a new one.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.

When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminatedin the instrument cluster.

The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle ina safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continuedriving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (85,1)

Keys (without Advanced Key)

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEl Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-67) for

information regarding keys and enginestarting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-71)for information regarding keys and theprevention of vehicle and vehicle contentstheft.

The keys operate all locks.With keyless entry system


Retractable type key

Without keyless entry system


A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.

NOTEl Write down the code number and keep it in

a separate, safe and convenient place, butnot in the vehicle.If your key is lost, consult your AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have your code numberready.

l Some types of key chains cannot beattached to the retractable type key. In thiscase, use the key ring provided with thetransmitter which has the key code numberplate attached.

Key ring

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-23


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (86,1)

Key extend/retract method (Retractabletype key)

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry System (withRetractable Type Key)í

This system remotely locks and unlocksthe doors, and opens the power windows.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter,do not:Ø Drop the transmitter.Ø Get the transmitter wet.Ø Disassemble the transmitter.Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind

of magnetic field.Ø Expose the transmitter to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (87,1)

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when the key isin the ignition switch.

l Doors can be locked by pressing the lockbutton while a door is open. However, thehazard warning lights will not flash and thehorn will not sound.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operation rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-27).

l Additional transmitters can be obtained atan Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3transmitters can be used with the keylessentry system per vehicle. Bring alltransmitters to an Authorized MazdaDealer when additional transmitters arerequired.

qTransmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button

Operation indicator light

NOTEThe unlock button can be used to open thepower windows. Refer to Opening the PowerWindows from Outside (page 3-38).

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors, press the lock button.

To confirm that both doors have beenlocked, press the lock button again within5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,the horn will sound.

NOTEl Pressing the transmitter lock button to lock

the doors while any door is open does notsound the horn.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that both doors are locked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash whenthe theft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash ifboth the doors are locked before the theft-deterrent system is properly armed.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-71.

NOTEl Both doors cannot be locked when the key

is in the ignition switch.l Confirm that both doors are locked visually

or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button.

To unlock both doors, press the unlockbutton again within 3 seconds.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-25


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (88,1)

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that both doors are unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash when thetheft deterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash unlessthe theft deterrent system has been properlyturned off.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-71.

NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, bothdoors will automatically lock if one of thedoors is not opened within about 30 seconds.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press the trunk buttonfor more than 1 second.

NOTEl (With power retractable hardtop)

The trunk lid can only be opened when thepower retractable hardtop is fully opened/closed. Open/close the power retractablehardtop completely before opening thetrunk lid.

l The trunk button is disabled when the trunklid release lock-out button inside the trunkis in the OFF position. Refer to RemoteTrunk Lid Release Lock-Out on page 3-34.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the trunk lid is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (89,1)

qTransmitter Maintenance

If the buttons on the transmitter areinoperable and the operation indicatorlight does not flash, the battery may bedead.Replace with a new battery before thetransmitter becomes unusable.

CAUTIONØ Install the battery with the positive

pole ( ) facing down. Batteryleakage could occur if it is notinstalled correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Alsobe careful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could bedamaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR1620 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire and/or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-23).

2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andpush the tab to remove the key fromthe transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andgently pry open the transmitter.

4. Remove the battery.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-27


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (90,1)

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

7. Align the key with the transmitter asshown in the figure, and insert the keyuntil a click sound is heard.

CAUTIONInsert the key into the transmittersecurely until a click sound is heard.If it is not inserted securely, it coulddetach from the transmitter.

qService

If you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bringall remaining transmitters to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

3-28

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (91,1)

qDeclaration of Conformity

Keyless entry system

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-29


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (92,1)

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:

Leaving a child or a pet unattendedin a parked vehicle is dangerous. Inhot weather, temperatures inside avehicle can become high enough tocause brain damage or even death.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled.

Keep both doors locked when driving:Unlocked doors in a moving vehicleare dangerous. Passengers can fallout if a door is accidentally openedand can more easily be thrown out inan accident.

Always close all the windows, lock thedoors and take the key with you whenleaving your vehicle unattended:

Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, whichcould result in death. Also, a vehicleleft unlocked becomes an easy targetfor thieves and intruders.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

Either door can be locked/unlocked withthe key.Turn the key toward the front to unlock,toward the back to lock.

Unlock

Lock

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitter (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-15).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter(with Retractable Type Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-24).

3-30

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (93,1)

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

To lock any door from the inside, push thedoor-lock knob.To unlock, pull it out.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Lock

Unlock

To lock any door with the door-lock knobfrom the outside, push the door-lock knobto the lock position and close the door.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Door-lock knob

NOTEl (With advanced key)

The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside.

l (With retractable type key)The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside if thekey is in the ignition switch.

l When locking the doors this way, be carefulnot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

qPower Door Locksí

Vehicle lock-out prevention

(With advanced key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. Both doors will automaticallyunlock if they are locked using the powerdoor locks with any door open.(With retractable type key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. With the key in the ignitionswitch, both doors will automaticallyunlock if they are locked using the powerdoor locks with any door open.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-31íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (94,1)

Locking, unlocking with key

Both doors lock automatically when thedriver's door is locked with the key. Bothdoors unlock when the driver's door isunlocked and the key is held in the unlockposition for one second or longer.

Unlock

Lock

NOTEHolding the key in the unlocked position in thedriver's door lock for about a second unlocksboth doors. To unlock only the driver's door,insert the key into the driver's door lock andturn the key briefly to the unlock position andthen immediately return it to the centerposition.

Locking, unlocking with door-lockswitch

Both doors lock automatically whenLOCK is pressed. They all unlock whenthe unmarked part of the door-lock switchis pressed.

LockUnlock

Locking, unlocking with request switch(with advanced key)

Both doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch on the frontdoors while carrying the advanced keyoutside the vehicle, refer to OperationsUsing Advanced Keyless Functions (page3-7).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with advanced key)

Both doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-15).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with retractable type key)

Both doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-24).

3-32

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (95,1)

Trunk Lid

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in thetrunk:

Allowing a person to ride in the trunkis dangerous. In addition, the personin the trunk could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Keep the trunk closed when driving:Exhaust gas entering the cabin of avehicle through an open trunk isdangerous. This gas contains CO(carbon monoxide), which iscolorless, odorless, and highlypoisonous. If inhaled, it can causeloss of consciousness and death.

qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid

WARNINGClose the trunk lid and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by latching thedoors and the trunk, and keeping thekeys where children can not play withthem:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car or thetrunk unlocked.

Opening the trunk lid with the key

Insert the key into the slot and turn itclockwise.

Open

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-33


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (96,1)

CAUTIONDo not open the trunk while thepower retractable hardtop isopening/closing. The powerretractable hardtop and trunk lidmechanisms could be damaged.

Opening the trunk lid with the requestswitch (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe request switch on the trunk lid whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-15).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with retractable type key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-24).

Opening the trunk lid with the remoterelease button

Push the release button.

NOTE(With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid can only be opened when thepower retractable hardtop is fully opened/closed. Open/close the power retractablehardtop completely before opening the trunklid.

Closing the trunk lid

Use both hands to push the trunk lid downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it issecure.

qRemote Trunk Lid Release Lock-Out

The remote release may be canceled usingthe trunk lid release lock-out button toprevent anyone in the vehicle fromopening the trunk.

NOTEYou cannot prevent another person fromgetting access to your trunk if you give theperson your key.

The switch is mounted inside the trunk.

OFF position

ON position

With advanced key

With the switch in the ON position, theremote trunk lid release button can beoperated.

3-34

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (97,1)

With the switch in the OFF position, theremote release button cannot be operated.

To open the trunk lid when the switch isin the OFF position, do one of thefollowing:l Press the request switch on the trunklid.

l Press the trunk button on thetransmitter.

l Open the trunk with the auxiliary key.

Without advanced key

With the switch in the ON position, theremote trunk lid release button and thetrunk button on the transmitter can beoperated.

With the switch in the OFF position, theremote release button or the trunk buttonon the transmitter cannot be operated.

To open the trunk lid when the switch isin the OFF position, open the trunk withthe key.

Inside Trunk Release LeverYour vehicle is equipped with an insidetrunk release lever that provides a meansof escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside thetrunk.

No matter how careful adults might bewith keys and locking their cars, parentsshould be aware that children may betempted to play around vehicles and usethe trunk as a hiding place.

Adults are advised to familiarizethemselves with the operation andlocation of the inside trunk release leverso that all children can be told about it inan appropriate way, keeping in mind thatmost vehicles do not have such levers.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-35


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (98,1)

WARNINGClose the trunk lid and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by latching thedoors and the trunk, and keeping thekeys where children can not play withthem:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car or thetrunk unlocked.

qOpening the Trunk Lid from theInside

Slide the inside trunk release lever in thedirection of the arrow. The lever is madeof material that will glow for hours in thedarkness of the trunk following a briefexposure to ambient light.

The inside trunk release lever is locatedon the inside of the trunk end trim.

3-36

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (99,1)

Power WindowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for the power windows tooperate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:

Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head,or even neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled.

qOperating the Power Windows(Type A)

Manual opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Close

Open

Driver's window

Passenger's window

Auto-opening

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down.

To stop the window partway, lightly pullup the switch and then release it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-37


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (100,1)

qOperating the Driver's SidePower Window (Type B)

Manual opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Close

Open

Driver's window

Auto-opening

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down.

To stop the window partway, lightly pullup the switch and then release it.

qOperating the Passenger PowerWindow (Type B)

To open the window to the desiredposition, hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, pull up the switch.

Close

Open

Passenger's window

qOpening the Power Windowsfrom Outsideí

Both power windows can be opened fromoutside the vehicle after the doors areclosed.

NOTEThe power windows cannot be opened fromoutside the vehicle under the followingcondition:l A door or the trunk lid is opened.l The key is inserted into the ignition switch.l (With advanced key)

The start knob is in any position exceptLock.

3-38

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (101,1)

Opening

Because nobody likes getting into a veryhot car, we have introduced a way to get ahead start on cooling it, even before youput your seat belts on and insert your keyin the ignition. If you see the vehicle is ina secure area, you can open the bothwindows as you approach the vehicle toget the air moving before you even stepinto the hot vehicle.

WARNINGUse the auto-window function onlywhen you can see the vehicle and it isin a secure area:

Do not let children play with yourkeys. If they open the windowwithout your knowing, the openwindows are an even biggerinvitation to a thief than leaving thedoors unlocked.

The windows can be opened forventilating the cabin before getting in thevehicle.Press once, then press again within 1.5seconds and hold the unlock button on thetransmitter.After the doors are unlocked, bothwindows open while the unlock button ispressed.To stop the windows while opening,release the button.If the operation is performed from thebeginning again, the windows open.

NOTEThe unlock button does not operate unless it ispressed twice sequentially.

Advanced key

Lock buttonUnlock button

Trunk button

Panic button

Retractable type key

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-39


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (102,1)

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel-filler cap,loosen the cap slightly and wait for anyhissing to stop. Then remove it:

Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illnessif ingested. Fuel spray is releasedwhen there is pressure in the fueltank and the fuel-filler cap isremoved too quickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:

Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel-filler cap or not using a fuel-filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways use only a genuine Mazdafuel-filler cap or an approvedequivalent, available at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The wrongcap can result in a seriousmalfunction of the fuel and emissioncontrol systems. It may also causethe check engine light in theinstrument cluster to illuminate.

qFuel-Filler Lid

The remote fuel-filler lid release ismounted in the seat side box.To open the seat side box, unlock it andpull the release catch.

To open the fuel-filler lid, pull on theremote fuel-filler lid release.

3-40

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (103,1)

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn itcounterclockwise.

To close the fuel-filler cap, turn itclockwise until two or more clicks areheard.

Close

Open

CAUTIONMake sure the fuel-filler cap istightened securely. The check enginelight may illuminate when the cap isnot tightened securely. If the lightremains on (even after you havetightened the cap securely, driven,and restarted the engine severaltimes), it may indicate a differentproblem. Contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEThe removed cap can be attached to the innerside of the lid during refueling to prevent fuelon the cap from dripping onto the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-41


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (104,1)

Hood

WARNINGAlways check that the hood is closedand securely locked:

A hood that is not closed andsecurely locked is dangerous as itcould fly open while the vehicle ismoving and block the driver's visionwhich could result in a seriousaccident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the hood.

Release handle

2. Insert your hand into the hood openingand slide the hood latch lever to theright and lift the hood.

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea and secure it in the stay holeindicated by the arrow to hold the hoodopen.

Clip

Support rod

qClosing the Hood

WARNINGDo not leave items in the enginecompartment:

After you have finished checking ordoing servicing in the enginecompartment, do not forget andleave items such as tools or rags inthe engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the enginecompartment could cause enginedamage or a fire leading to anunexpected accident.

1. Check under the hood area to makecertain all filler caps are in place andall loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Insert the support rod in its clip whileholding up the hood. Verify that thesupport rod is secured in the clip beforeclosing the hood.

3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.

3-42

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (105,1)

Convertible Top (Soft Top)í

Windshield header

Top latch assembly

Top storage area

Convertible top's handlesLabel (The label indicates the position where convertible

top is to be held when lowering or raising it.)

qConvertible Top Precautions

WARNINGSit in the seat with the seat beltcorrectly fastened when the vehicle ismoving:

Standing in the vehicle, or sitting onthe convertible top storage area orcenter console when the vehicle ismoving is a dangerous way to ride.During a sudden maneuver orcollision you could be seriouslyinjured or even killed.

Always keep your hands and fingersaway from the fastening mechanismswhen moving the convertible top:

It is dangerous to place your handsor fingers near the fasteningmechanisms. Your hands or fingerscould be caught and injured by themechanism.

CAUTIONRemove leaves or other matter thatmay accumulate on and around thesoft top. Otherwise, the waterdrainage outlets could becomeblocked, resulting in water leakage.For detailed maintenance of thewater draining outlets, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-43íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (106,1)

l Before lowering or raising theconvertible top, stop in a safe place offthe right-of-way and park on a levelsurface.

l Make sure nothing is on the convertibletop or near the back window whenraising or lowering the convertible top.Even small objects may interfere andcause damage.

l When lowering the convertible top,make sure objects inside the vehicle arenot blown away by the wind.

l Secure all loose objects inside beforedriving with the convertible top down.

l To help prevent burglary or vandalismand to ensure that the passengercompartment stays dry, close theconvertible top securely and lock bothdoors when leaving the vehicle.

l Do not drive through an automatic carwash; it may damage the convertibletop.

l Do not raise or lower the convertibletop when the temperature is below 5 °C(41 °F) ; this will damage theconvertible top material.

l Do not lower the convertible top whenit's wet. If the convertible top drieswhile folded, it will deteriorate andshrink.

l Lowering the convertible top while it'swet can also cause water to drip intothe passenger compartment.

l Do not raise or lower the convertibletop in a strong wind as it could damagethe convertible top or cause anunexpected accident.

qLowering the Convertible Top

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Fully open the left and right windows.

3. Turn off the engine.

4. Make sure there are no objects whichhave been placed in the area where theconvertible top is to be retracted.

WARNINGDo not place heavy or sharp objects inthe convertible top storage area:

Putting heavy or sharp objects in theconvertible top storage area isdangerous.During a sudden stop or collision,they can become projectiles thatmight hit and injure passengers.

5. Pull the top latch outward by pressingthe lock release button to detach thelock. Make sure the lock is detached.

Lock release button

Top latch

3-44

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (107,1)

6. Standing outside of the vehicle, holdthe convertible top along the centeredge and pull it toward the vehicle rear.

Center edge

NOTETo lower the convertible top from inside thevehicle, use the convertible top's handles.

Convertible top's handles

7. Continue to move the convertible toprearward while pressing the rear glasslightly with your hand.

8. After the convertible top has beenfolded down, press the back end of thefolded down convertible top until aclick sound is heard, then the front end.Lightly rock the retracted convertibletop to make sure it is securely locked.

9. Raise the windblocker if it is needed.

NOTEThe windblocker reduces the amount of windcoming into the cabin from behind whendriving with the convertible top opened.Refer to Windblocker on page 6-84.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-45


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (108,1)

qRaising the Convertible Top

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Fully open the left and right windows.

3. Turn off the engine.

4. Pull the unlock lever outward todisengage the lock.

Unlock lever

5. Standing outside of the vehicle, holdthe convertible top along the centeredge and pull it towards the vehiclefront.

Center edge

NOTETo raise the convertible top from inside thevehicle, use the convertible top's handles.


6. Sitting in a seat, grasp the convertibletop's handles, and press the convertibletop against the windshield.Move the top latch slowly to make surethe anchor engages with the striker,then rotate the top latch to the lockposition until a click sound is heard.

Striker

Anchor


3-46

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (109,1)

CAUTIONDriving with the convertible top notfully locked could damage theconvertible top.If the red indicator is visible on thelock release button, the convertibletop is not locked. After locking theconvertible top, verify that the redindicator is not visible.

Locked position

Unlocked position

Red indicator

NOTEl The convertible top may be constricted if it

is left retracted for a long period.Therefore, if the top has becomeconstricted, it may be difficult to hook thetop latch striker to the anchor.

l Make sure the convertible top is securelylocked by pushing up on it. If it still soundsloose (rattles) after being locked by the toplatch, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qTaking Care of the Top

Refer to Convertible Top Maintenance(page 8-53) for information on taking careof the convertible top.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-47


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (110,1)

Convertible Top (Power Retractable Hardtop)í

The power retractable hardtop opens/closes electrically by operating switches in thevehicle. When opening/closing the hardtop, the hardtop, deck and window glass operatetogether. The hardtop is stored in the storage area under the deck.

Top latch assembly

Close switch Open switch

Deck

Indicator light

Hardtop

3-48

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (111,1)

qPower Retractable Hardtop Precautions

WARNINGAlways confirm that there are no people around the vehicle before operating thehardtop:

If the hardtop were to operate unexpectedly, it could result in an accident andserious injury from someone getting caught in the mechanism.

Always drive safely and observe the speed limit:Rollover accidents on a hardtop vehicle are dangerous. The hardtop is not as strongas a regular steel roof. Rollover accidents could dislodge or crush the hardtop andcause serious injuries or even death, just as with no top.

Sit in the seat with the seat belt correctly fastened when the vehicle is moving:Standing in the vehicle, or sitting on the deck or center console when the vehicle ismoving is a dangerous way to ride. During a sudden maneuver or collision you couldbe seriously injured or even killed.

Always keep your hands and fingers away from the fastening mechanisms whenmoving the hardtop:

It is dangerous to place your hands or fingers near the fastening mechanisms. Yourhands or fingers could be caught and injured by the mechanism.

CAUTIONØ Do not drive with the hardtop partially opened; this could damage the hardtop or

cause an unexpected accident.Ø Children should not be allowed to play with the open/close switch.Ø Do not place objects or cargo around the deck, rear glass, or the hardtop storage

area.Even small objects may interfere and cause damage.

Ø Remove leaves that accumulate on and around the hardtop. If the leaves are notremoved, they may block the water drainage outlets.

Ø Before opening the hardtop, make sure the rear window defogger switch(Defroster) is turned off. Otherwise the heat generated from the defogger coulddamage the hardtop and the internal material.

Ø When opening/closing the hardtop, verify that there is no obstruction above thehardtop (about 1.5 m from the ground) so as not to damage the hardtop or theobstruction.

Ø When opening/closing the hardtop, do not apply any load to the hardtop or thedeck. The opening/closing mechanism of the hardtop may be damaged.

l Open/close the hardtop with the vehicle parked on level ground in a safe place where thevehicle does not obstruct traffic. If the hardtop is opened/closed on a slope or bump, theopening/closing mechanism of the hardtop may be damaged.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-49


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (112,1)

l Before opening or closing the hardtop, stop in a safe place off the right-of-way and parkon a level surface.

l When opening the hardtop, make sure objects inside the vehicle are not blown away bythe wind.

l Secure all loose objects inside before driving with the hardtop down.l To help prevent burglary or vandalism and to ensure that the passenger compartmentstays dry, close the hardtop securely and lock both doors when leaving the vehicle.

l Do not drive through an automatic car wash as it may damage the hardtop.l Do not open or close the hardtop forcefully when the ambient temperature is low and thehardtop or the surrounding area is frozen as it could damage the hardtop.

l Opening the hardtop while it is wet can also cause water to drip into the passengercompartment.

l Do not open or close the hardtop in a strong wind as it could damage the hardtop.

qOperation Indicator Light

When illuminated

This notifies the driver that the hardtop isonly partially open.

When flashing

This indicates that the hardtop is beingopen/closed. (During button operation)

When not illuminated

This indicates that the hardtop is open/closed fully.

NOTEIf the operation indicator light flashes quickly,there may be a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qOperation Conditions

If the following conditions have beensatisfied, the hardtop can be opened/closed.l The vehicle is parked on a level surfaceoff the right-of-way and the parkingbrake is firmly set.

l The ignition switch is in the ONposition.

l Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P) or Neutral (N),a manual transmission in Neutral.

l The trunk lid is closed.

NOTEIf the power retractable hardtop cannot beclosed even after the operation conditions areall met, have it checked at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.The hardtop can be closed manually as anemergency measure.Refer to The Power Retractable Hardtop Doesnot Close on page 3-54.

3-50

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (113,1)

qOpening the Power RetractableHardtop

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P), a manualtransmission in Neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake with the brakepedal depressed.

4. Start the Engine.

NOTEDo not open/close the hardtop with the enginestopped. Otherwise the vehicle's battery powercould be depleted.

5. With the lock release button depressed,pull the top latch outward to unlock.

Lock release button

Top latch

6. Verify that the operation indicator lightis illuminated and the lock is detached.

7. Press and hold the open button until thehardtop opens completely.

NOTEl When the open switch is pressed, a beep

sound is heard.l The hardtop keeps opening and the

operation indicator light flashes while theopen switch is pressed.

l If the switch is released while the hardtop isopening, the hardtop stops opening. If theswitch is pressed again, the hardtopresumes opening.

8. The deck opens.

NOTEIf the windows are closed, the windowsautomatically open partially when the deckopens.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-51


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (114,1)

9. The hardtop opens.

10. The hardtop retracts under the deck.

11. The deck closes.

NOTEWhen the operation is finished, a beep sound isheard and the operation indicator light turnsoff.

qClosing the Power RetractableHardtop


2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P), a manualtransmission in Neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake with the brakepedal depressed.

4. Start the Engine.

NOTEDo not open/close the hardtop with the enginestopped. Otherwise the vehicle's battery powercould be depleted.

5. Press and hold the close button untilthe hardtop closes completely.

NOTEl When the close switch is pressed, a beep

sound is heard.l The hardtop keeps closing and the

operation indicator light flashes while theclose switch is pressed.

l If the switch is released while the hardtop isclosing, the hardtop stops closing. If theswitch is pressed again, the hardtopresumes closing.

3-52

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (115,1)

6. The deck opens.

NOTEIf the windows are closed, the windowsautomatically open partially when the deckopens.

7. The hardtop comes out from under thedeck.

8. The hardtop closes.

9. The deck closes.

NOTEl When the operation is finished, a beep

sound is heard and the operation indicatorlight illuminates.

l The power windows cannot be closedautomatically.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-53


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (116,1)

10. Move the top latch slowly to makesure the anchor engages with thestriker, then rotate the top latch to thelock position until a click sound isheard.

Striker

Anchor

CAUTIONDriving with the hardtop not fullylocked could damage the hardtop.If the red indicator is visible on thelock release button, the hardtop isnot locked. After locking the hardtop,verify that the red indicator is notvisible.

Locked position

Unlocked position

Red indicator

NOTEl The operation indicator light turns off when

the top latch hook is locked.l If the hardtop is not closed properly even

with the top latch locked, contact Mazda tohave it inspected.

qThe Power Retractable HardtopDoes not Close

If the hardtop cannot be closed electricallyby pressing the close switch, verify thepower retractable hardtop operationconditions first.Refer to Operation Conditions on page3-50.If the power retractable hardtop cannot beclosed even after the operation conditionsare all met, have it checked at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you are unable to have the hardtopchecked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer,the hardtop can be closed manually as anemergency measure.The procedure for manually closing thehardtop is as follows:

1. Release the locks of the deck and openit. (Refer to Opening the deck)

2. Lift up the hardtop and close it. (Referto Closing the hardtop)

3. Tie the ropes to the deck links andclose the deck. (Refer to Closing thedeck)

3-54

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (117,1)

CAUTIONØ Do not drive the vehicle with the

hardtop open halfway.Ø Do not perform the procedure in a

strong wind as it could cause anunexpected accident.

Ø Two adults are required toperform the procedure, especiallywhen lifting up the hardtop. Donot do it alone so as not to causeinjury or vehicle damage.

Ø Some steps in the procedurerequire using multiple tools at thesame time and a certain level oftechnical expertise. In addition,holding your body extended overthe car can result in muscle strainsso Mazda recommends having thehardtop checked at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTEUse a suitable means of illumination, such as aflashlight, to improve visibility under the decklid when performing this task.

Before closing manually


2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P), a manualtransmission in Reverse (R) or 1, andturn off the engine.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition while depressing the brakepedal.

4. Turn on the hazard warning flasher if itis needed.

WARNINGVerify that the ignition switch is in theLOCK position before manuallyoperating the hardtop:

Manually retracting the hardtop withthe ignition switch not in the LOCKposition is dangerous as the retractormotors could turn on suddenly andcause injury resulting from hands orfingers being pinched in themechanism.

Manual closing

Tool preparation

Locate the following tools in the glovebox.Refer to Tool Storage on page 7-5.

Rope

Eyebolt

Allen wrench

Opening the deck

1. Remove the antenna if it is installed.Refer to Detachable Type on page6-14.

CAUTIONDo the procedure with the antennaremoved. The antenna may bedamaged if it is left installed.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-55


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (118,1)

NOTEl The gear units on both sides have to be

unlocked to release the deck before it israised manually. Because the deck is heavy,two adults are required to raise it.

l The following describes the procedure forthe gear unit on one side. Perform theprocedure on both sides.

2. Insert the Allen wrench into the Allensocket in the bolt head that is pointedforward of the gear unit located underthe deck lid as shown in the figure.

Deck

Bolt

Gear unit

Allen wrench

NOTEThe gear units are located underneath thedeck.

Bolt

3. Use the eyebolt to get enough torqueon the short leg of the Allen wrenchand turn the Allen wrench 4 timescounterclockwise.

Allen wrench

Eyebolt

4. Disconnect the eyebolt from the Allenwrench leaving the Allen wrench inplace, and insert the threaded end ofthe eyebolt in the hole directly abovethe Allen socket and tighten itclockwise two full turns.

Eyebolt

Bolt

Thread hole

NOTETighten the eyebolt with the Allen wrenchinserted. The Allen wrench can serve as areference for inserting the eyebolt more easily.

5. Remove the bolt, which is loosenedusing the Allen wrench, by turning itcounterclockwise.

3-56

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (119,1)

NOTEl After the bolt is clear of the hole, keep the

Allen wrench level while pulling it out withthe bolt attached so as to prevent the boltfrom hitting the vehicle and dropping.

l Bring the removed bolt to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer. If you drop the bolt in thevehicle by mistake, inform at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

6. Tighten the eyebolt by turning itclockwise 5 more times.

Eyebolt

7. Unscrew the eyebolt now by turning itcounterclockwise.

8. Insert the threaded end of the eyeboltthrough the guide.

GuideEyebolt

9. Press the eyebolt against the sectorgear.

Sector gearEyebolt

Guide

10. Press and rotate the sector gearrearward to release the lock.

Sector gearEyebolt

Guide

CAUTIONWhen releasing the sector gear lockusing the eyebolt, make sure theeyebolt remains centered as you pushit against the sector gear lock. If theeyebolt slips it could cause your handto veer and hit the vehicle resulting inminor scrapes or bruises.

11. Pull out the eyebolt from the guidewhen the lock is released.

12. Do the same procedure on the otherside.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-57


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (120,1)

13. Lift up the deck using two adults, oneon each side of the vehicle, and openthe deck completely.

CAUTIONØ Lift the deck using two adults.

Doing it alone could result ininjury or the deck lid mechanismbeing twisted which could damageit.

Ø Do not let go of the deck lid onboth sides until it is fully open. Thedeck lid could fall if it is releasedtoo soon and cause injury.

Ø Do not attempt to forcefully lift thedeck. If the lock has not detachedand the deck is forcefully lifted, itcould damage the deck.

Closing the hardtop

CAUTIONØ The procedure should be done by

at least two adults. Do not do italone so as not to cause injury orvehicle damage.

Ø Some steps in the procedurerequire holding your body in astrained position for extendedperiods and if over exerted it couldresult in injury.

Ø Be very careful when closing thehardtop to prevent pinching andpossible injury.

1. Grasp the hardtop along the side andfront surfaces and lift it up enough tocreate a clearance at the rear ofhardtop.

3-58

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (121,1)

2. Grasp the hardtop along the side andrear surfaces and lift it up enough tocreate a clearance behind the rear glass.

3. Grasp the hardtop along its side surfaceand the rear area of the rear glass, pullthe hardtop towards the front of thevehicle, and completely close it.

4. Lock the top latch.Refer to Closing the Power RetractableHardtop on page 3-52.

Closing the deck

1. Loop the center of the rope through thepin on the link twice so that it does notloosen.

Pin

Rope

Link

NOTEBefore closing the deck, two small ropes needto be installed and tied into the trunk so thatthe deck does not pop up while driving, and sothat the deck can be raised for servicing by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

2. Route one end of the rope to the insideof the vehicle passing it through thegap in the trim. Route the other end tothe outside of the vehicle passing itthrough the links.

To the inside of the vehicle

Trim

Rope

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-59


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (122,1)

To the outside of the vehicle

RopeLinks

NOTEAlways route the one end of the rope to insideof the vehicle. If it is not inside the vehicle, itwill be difficult to service the hardtop at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

3. Do the same procedure on the otherside.

4. Close the deck uniformly on both sidesusing two adults, one on each side ofthe vehicle.

CAUTIONClose the deck using two adults.Doing it alone could result in injuryor the deck lid mechanism beingtwisted which could damage it.

5. Lightly pushing the deck downward,pull the ropes to the rear along bothsides of the trunk to hold the deckdown.

NOTEPull the ropes horizontally to the vehicle rear.

Rope

6. Lightly move the deck and verify thatit is secured completely.

7. Open the trunk using the key, and tiethe rope to the bracket and knot it twiceso that it does not loosen.

Rope

Bracket

CAUTIONTie the ropes securely so that thedeck does not open while the vehicleis being driven.

3-60

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (123,1)

NOTEOpen the trunk using the key. The remoterelease button, advanced keyless entryfunction, and the keyless entry system do notoperate when this emergency procedure isdone.

8. Tie off the other side rope the sameway.

9. Close the trunk lid.

After finishing the procedure

After finishing the procedure, have thehardtop checked at an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGDrive the vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h(25 mph) or lower before having thehardtop checked at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer:

The hardtop may open while thevehicle is being driven and cause anaccident.

NOTEThe trunk cannot be opened with the remoterelease button, advanced keyless entryfunction, and the keyless entry system as theyare disabled when this emergency procedure isdone.

qPower Retractable HardtopAppearance Care

Refer to Hardtop Maintenance (page8-54) for information on retractablehardtop appearance care.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-61


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (124,1)

qWhen Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated

If an improper operation is performed or a system malfunction has occurred, the indicator light or a warning beepis activated to notify the user of improper operation or a system malfunction.

Warning What to check

Awarning beep sound is heard when the open or closeswitch is pressed.

Make sure that all the conditions for operating theretractable hardtop have been met. If the chime soundsdespite having met all the operation conditions, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the systeminspected.

Awarning beep sound is heard when the open or closeswitch is released.

The hardtop is not fully opened or closed. Press theswitch until the open or close operation is completed.

Awarning beep sound is heard continuously and theindicator light is illuminated while the vehicle is driven.

The hardtop has not completely opened or closed.Continue to press the button until the operation iscompleted. After the hardtop is completely closed, latchthe top latch.

If the open or close button has not been operated andthe operation indicator light is flashing:

The system may have a malfunction. Have the vehiclechecked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

3-62

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (125,1)

Immobilizer System (withAdvanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with an advanced key thesystem recognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized advanced key, theengine will not start, thereby helping toprevent the theft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the advanced key(including auxiliary key), consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


CAUTIONDo not allow the following whenstarting the engine with the auxiliarykey due to an advanced key deadbattery or other malfunction.Otherwise the signal from theauxiliary key will not be receivedcorrectly and the engine may notstart.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the auxiliary keygrip.

Ø Spare auxiliary keys or keys forother vehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the auxiliary key.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the auxiliary key.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-63


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (126,1)

NOTEl The advanced keys (including auxiliary key)

carry a unique electronic code. For thisreason, and to assure your safety, obtaininga replacement advanced key (includingauxiliary key) requires some waiting time.They are only available through anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare advanced key in caseone is lost. If an advanced key is lost,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible.

l If you lose an advanced key (includingauxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealerwill reset the electronic codes of yourremaining advanced keys (includingauxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.Bring all the remaining advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

3-64

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (127,1)


Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-65


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (128,1)

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON position tothe ACC or LOCK position. The securityindicator light in the instrument clusterflashes every 2 seconds until the system isdisarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe registered advanced key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect advanced key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTEl The engine may not start and the security

indicator light may illuminate or flash if theadvanced key is placed in an area where itis difficult for the system to detect thesignal, such as on the dashboard, or in theglove box. Move the advanced key toanother place, turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK position, and then restart theengine.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper advanced key andthe engine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If the indicator light isflashing, turn the ignition switch to theACC or LOCK position and wait for awhile, then restart the engine. If it does notstart after 3 or more tries, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If theengine is shut off while the indicator light isflashing, you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, theadvanced key (including auxiliary key) areneeded. Bring all the advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

3-66

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (129,1)

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-67


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (130,1)

CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do notallow the following, as the enginemay not start due to the electronicsignal from the ignition key not beingtransmitted correctly.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

Ø Spare keys or keys for othervehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the key grip.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

NOTEl The keys carry a unique electronic code.

For this reason, and to assure your safety,obtaining a replacement key requires somewaiting time. They are only availablethrough an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.If a key is lost, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If you lose a key, an Authorized MazdaDealer will reset the electronic codes ofyour remaining keys and immobilizersystem. Bring all the remaining keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

3-68

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (131,1)


Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-69


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (132,1)

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON to the ACCor LOCK position.The security indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes every twoseconds until the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout three seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTEl If the security indicator light illuminates

and stays on or flashes when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position, theengine will not start.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone, couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper key and yourengine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If it is flashing, remove theignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,then reinsert it and try starting the engineagain. If it does not start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If youshut off the engine while the light isflashing you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, the keysare needed. Bring all the existing keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

3-70

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (133,1)

Theft-Deterrent Systemí

If the theft deterrent system detects aninappropriate entry into the vehicle, whichcould result in the vehicle or its contentsbeing stolen, the alarm alerts thesurrounding area of an abnormality bysounding the horn and flashing the hazardwarning lights.Refer to Operation on page 3-71.

NOTEl The theft-deterrent system operates with the

key or the keyless entry system transmitter.l (With advanced key)

The theft-deterrent system can also beoperated using the advanced keylessfunction.The system operates only when the driver isin the vehicle or within operational rangewhile the advanced key is being carried.

l The system will not function unless it isproperly armed. To properly secure thevehicle, always make sure both windowsare completely closed and both doors andthe trunk lid are locked before leaving thevehicle. Remember to take your key andtransmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash for about 25seconds when the system is triggered byany one of the following:l Forcing open a door, the hood or thetrunk lid.

l Unlocking a door with the door lockswitch.

l Opening a door by operating an insidedoor-lock knob.

l Opening the hood by operating thehood release handle.

l Opening the trunk lid by operating thetrunk lid release button.

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door isunlocked or the trunk lid is opened withthe key or with the transmitter.(With advanced key)The lights and horn can also bedeactivated by pressing the requestswitch.

NOTEIf the battery goes dead while the theft-deterrent system is armed, the horn willactivate and the hazard warning lights willflash when the battery is charged or replaced.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.(With advanced key)Turn the start knob to the LOCKposition.

2. Make sure the hood and the trunk lidare closed. Close and lock both doorsfrom the outside using the key. If youhave the keyless entry system, pressthe lock button on the transmitter.The hazard warning lights will flashonce to indicate that the system isarmed.(With advanced key)Press a request switch on the doors orthe lock button on the transmitter.

(Without advanced key)The following method will also arm thetheft-deterrent system:Close the hood and the trunk lid . Pressthe area on the door-lock switchmarked “LOCK” once. Close bothdoors.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-71íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (134,1)

NOTELocking the doors with the inside door-lockknob will not arm the system.

qTo Turn off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l Insert the key into the ignition switchand turn it to the ON position.

l (With advanced key)l Press a request switch on the doors

or the unlock button on thetransmitter.

l Turn the start knob to the ONposition.

The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that the system is turned off.

NOTEThe trunk lid can be opened with the key or thetransmitter even when the system is armed. Thealarm will not come on and the system willremain armed.

qTo Stop an Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Open the trunk lid with the key.l Press the unlock button or press andhold the trunk button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l (With advanced key)l Press a request switch on the doors.l Press the unlock button or press and

hold the trunk button on thetransmitter.

NOTEIf you have any problem with the theft-deterrent system, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle isequipped with a Theft-Deterrent System isin the glove compartment.

Mazda recommends that you affix it to thelower rear corner of a front door window.

3-72

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (135,1)

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:

Adjusting the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qTilt Steering Wheel

To change the angle of the steering wheel,stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel releaselever under the steering column down,adjust the wheel, then push the releaselever up to lock the column.

Tilt wheel release lever

After adjusting, push the wheel up anddown to be certain it's locked beforedriving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

Mirror type

Flat type (driver's side)Flat surface mirror.Convex type (passenger side)The mirror has single curvature on itssurface.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

Changing lanes without taking intoaccount the actual distance of thevehicle in the convex mirror isdangerous. You could have a seriousaccident. What you see in the convexmirror is closer than it appears.

Power mirror

The ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of theselector switch to choose the left orright side mirror.

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors

3-73


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (136,1)

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Mirror switch

Selector switch

Outside mirror

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby placing the selector switch in themiddle position.

Folding the mirror

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it isflush with the vehicle.

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:

Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

qRearview Mirror

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:

Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto center on the scene through the rearwindow.Manual day/night mirror

Auto-dimming mirror

3-74

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (137,1)

NOTEFor the manual day/night mirror, perform theadjustment with the day/night lever in the dayposition.

Reducing glare from headlights

Manual day/night mirror

Push the day/night lever forward for daydriving. Pull it back to reduce glare ofheadlights from cars at the rear.

Night

Day

Day/Night lever

Auto-dimming mirror

The auto-dimming mirror automaticallyreduces glare of headlights from cars atthe rear when the ignition switch is in theON position.

Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel theautomatic dimming function. Theindicator light will turn off.To reactivate the automatic dimmingfunction, press the ON button ( ). Theindicator light will illuminate.

Indicator light OFF button

ON button

Knowing Your Mazda


3-75


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (138,1)

NOTEl Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects

on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,light sensor sensitivity will be affected andmay not operate normally.

Light sensor

Light sensor

l For information regarding the 3 buttons( , , ) on the auto-dimmingmirror, refer to HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem (page 5-62).

3-76

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (139,1)

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-8Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-9Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-10Overloading ............................................................................. 4-11Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-12

Towing ......................................................................................... 4-13Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-13

4-1


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (140,1)

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)

Premium unleaded fuel 91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

You may use a regular unleaded fuel with an Octane Rating from 87 to 90 (91 to 95 RON)but this will slightly reduce performance, such as reduced engine output, and engineknocking.Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control systemto lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTIONØ USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will leadto deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.

Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanolby volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds thisrecommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol ofany kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than thosespecified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generallyreferred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with yourvehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such asethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may notbe covered by the Mazda warranty.l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (141,1)

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:

Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use andcould ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalystinside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition willdamage the converter and cause poor performance.Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.Ø Do not coast with the ignition switch turned off.Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments

must be made by a qualified technician.Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTEUnder U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system beforethe first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modificationmade on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTEWhile the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard below the trunk,however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checking device and itoperates while the engine is off.



4-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (142,1)

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:

Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousnessand death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully openand contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Lossof consciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:

Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closedand the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, whichcontains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness oreven death could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:

Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. Theexhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (143,1)

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tires.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTEEngine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,washer fluid, and other fluid levels should beinspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed and locked?l Is the seat adjusted properly?l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is the steering wheel adjusted properly?l Is each occupant's seat belt fastened?l Check all gauges.l Check all warning lights when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.


Before Starting the Engine

4-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (144,1)

Break-In PeriodNo special break-in is necessary, but a fewprecautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.l Do not race the engine.l Do not maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Do not drive constantly at full-throttleor high engine rpm for extendedperiods of time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.l Avoid full-throttle starts.

Money-Saving SuggestionsHow you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save money onfuel and repairs.l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an Authorized Mazda Dealerperform inspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.l Keep the tires properly inflated.l Do not carry unnecessary weight.l Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.l Keep windows closed at high speeds.l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:

Stopping the engine when goingdown a hill is dangerous. This causesthe loss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may causedamage to the drivetrain. Any loss ofsteering or braking control couldcause an accident.

4-6


Driving Tips


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (145,1)

Hazardous Driving

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessary todownshift on slippery surfaces:

Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazard:l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and quicksteering.

l If your vehicle is not equipped withABS, brake with the pedal by using alight up-down motion. Do not hold thepedal down constantly.If your vehicle is equipped with ABS,do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the rearwheels.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, chains,carpeting, or other nonslip materialunder the rear wheels.

NOTEUse snow chains only on the rear wheels.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (146,1)

Floor Mat

WARNINGMake sure the floor mats are hookedon the retention pins to prevent themfrom bunching up under the footpedals:

Using a floor mat that is not securedis dangerous as it will interfere withthe accelerator and brake pedaloperation, which could result in anaccident.

Do not install two floor mats, one ontop of the other, on the driver's side:

Installing two floor mats, one on topof the other, on the driver's side isdangerous as the retention pins canonly keep one floor mat from slidingforward.In using a heavy duty floor mat forwinter use always remove theoriginal floor mat.Loose floor mat(s) will interfere withthe foot pedal and could result in anaccident.

When setting a floor mat, position thefloor mat so that its eyelets are insertedover the pointed end of the retentionposts.

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at more than 56km/h (35 mph), and do not allowanyone to stand behind a wheel whenpushing the vehicle:

When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed isdangerous. The spinning tire couldoverheat and explode. This couldcause serious injuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transmission failure,and tire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from 1 (D) to R.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (147,1)

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, including tirechains, window scraper, flares, a smallshovel, jumper cables, and a small bagof sand or salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer toperform the following precautions:l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-20.

l Inspect the battery and its cables. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze―but do not use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-23).

l Do not use the parking brake infreezing weather as it may freeze.Instead, shift to P with an automatictransmission and to 1 or R with amanual transmission. Block the rearwheels.

l Do not apply excessive force to awindow scraper when removing ice orfrozen snow on the mirror glass andwindshield.

l Never use warm or hot water forremoving snow or ice from windowsand mirrors as it could result in theglass cracking.

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)while driving with snow tires. Inflatesnow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)more than recommended on the tirepressure label (driver's door frame), butnever more than the maximum cold-tirepressure shown on the tires.Your vehicle is originally equipped withsummer tires designed for optimumtraction on wet and dry roads. If yourvehicle is to be used on snow and icecovered roads, Mazda recommends thatyou replace the tires originally equippedon your vehicle with snow tires during thewinter months.

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tires(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all fourwheels:

Using tires different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and resultin an accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tires.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tires withsteel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page5-33).


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (148,1)

qTire Chains

Check local regulations before using tirechains.

CAUTIONØ Chains may affect handling.Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30

mph) or the chain manufacturer'srecommended limit, whichever islower.

Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, and sharp turns.

Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.Ø Do not use chains on roads that

are free of snow or ice. The tiresand chains could be damaged.

Ø Chains may scratch or chipaluminum wheels.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tire chains.

Install the chains on the rear tires.Do not use chains on the front tires.Please consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Installing the chains

1. Secure the chains on the rear tires astightly as possible. Always follow thechain manufacturer's instructions.

2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:

Driving with wet brakes isdangerous. Increased stoppingdistance or the vehicle pulling to oneside when braking could result in aserious accident. Light braking willindicate whether the brakes havebeen affected.

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle on floodedroads as it could cause shortcircuiting of electrical/electronicparts, or engine damage or stallingfrom water absorption. If the vehiclehas been immersed in water, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (149,1)

Overloading

WARNINGBe careful not to overload your vehicle:

The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of your vehicle are on theMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Labelon the driver's door frame. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an accidentor vehicle damage. You can estimatethe weight of your load by weighingthe items (or people) before puttingthem in the vehicle.


Driving Tips

4-11


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (150,1)

Driving on Uneven RoadYour vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roadsor over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling onrough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.

Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving underthe following conditions:l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition anglel Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle

Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance andhandling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can bedamaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Usecare and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.

4-12


Driving Tips


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (151,1)

Trailer TowingThe Mazda MX-5 is not designed fortowing. Never tow a trailer with yourMazda MX-5.


Towing

4-13


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (152,1)

4-14


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (153,1)

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4Turning Off the Engine ............................................................. 5-5Brake System ............................................................................ 5-6Manual Transmission Operation ............................................. 5-11Automatic Transmission Controls ........................................... 5-13Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-21Cruise Controlí ...................................................................... 5-21Traction Control System (TCS)í ........................................... 5-25Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)í ........................................ 5-26Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí ......................................... 5-29

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-36Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-36

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-41Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-41Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-54

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-56Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-56Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-58Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-58Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-59Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-60Horn ........................................................................................ 5-61Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-61HomeLink Wireless Control Systemí .................................... 5-62

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (154,1)

Ignition SwitchAuxiliary key (with advanced key)

NOTEWhen starting the engine using the advancedkey, refer to Starting the Engine (page 3-11).

When starting the engine with theauxiliary key, perform the followingprocedure.

1. Remove the auxiliary key from theadvanced key (page 3-18).

2. Make sure the start knob is in LOCKposition.

3. Remove the start knob by pulling itoutward while pressing the buttons onboth the left and right sides.

4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignitionswitch.

qIgnition Switch Positions

With advanced key

Without advanced key

LOCKí

The steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

Manual Transmission Vehicle

Push the key

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.

Starting and Driving


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (155,1)

Automatic Transmission Vehicle WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked:

Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur. (For vehiclesequipped with the advanced key, thesteering wheel locks when the starterknob is turned to the LOCK position.)

Before leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key or start knob to LOCKposition, set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission:

It is important to place the key orstart knob in the LOCK position evenif you are not removing the key fromthe ignition or leaving the vehicle.Leaving the key in other positionswill disable some of the vehiclesecurity systems and run the batterydown.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand shifting the shift lever to P withan automatic transmission, or to 1 orR with a manual transmission isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

NOTEIf turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steeringwheel from side to side.Leaving the key or start knob in any positionbut LOCK position also disables some of thesecurity features and may run the batterydown.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (156,1)

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. Some indicatorlights/warning lights should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-41).

NOTEWhen the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the fuel pump motoroperating near the fuel tank can be heard. Thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key. Itthen returns to the ON position.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

Starting the EngineNOTEEngine-starting is controlled by the sparkignition system.This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirementsregulating the impulse electrical field strengthof radio noise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.


4. (Manual transmission)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.(Automatic transmission)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transmission)The starter will not operate unless the clutch isdepressed sufficiently.(Automatic transmission)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

5. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold (up to 10 seconds ata time) until the engine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (157,1)

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up without operatingthe accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

l If the engine does not start the first time,refer to Starting a Flooded Engine underEmergency Starting. If the engine still doesnot start, have your vehicle inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-20).

Turning Off the Engine1. Stop the vehicle completely.

2. (Manual transmission)Shift into neutral.(Automatic transmission)Shift the shift lever to the P position.

3. Turn the ignition switch from the ONposition to the LOCK position.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position.

NOTEThe electrical fan in the engine compartmentcould turn on for a few minutes after theignition switch is turned from the ON to theLOCK position, whether or not the A/C is onor off, to cool the engine compartment quickly.

Driving Your Mazda


5-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (158,1)

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:

Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:

Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadilyapplying the brakes for longdistances is dangerous. This causesoverheated brakes, resulting inlonger stopping distances or eventotal brake failure. This could causeloss of vehicle control and a seriousaccident. Avoid continuousapplication of the brakes.

Dry brakes that have become wet bydriving very slowly and applying thebrakes lightly until brake performanceis normal:


5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (159,1)

qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key or start knob to LOCKposition, set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission:

It is important to place the key orstart knob in the LOCK position evenif you are not removing the key fromthe ignition or leaving the vehicle.Leaving the key in other positionswill disable some of the vehiclesecurity systems and run the batterydown.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand shifting the shift lever to P withan automatic transmission, or to 1 orR with a manual transmission isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake onwill cause excessive wear of the brakelinings or pads.

NOTEFor parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving(page 4-9) regarding parking brake use.

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmlypull the parking brake lever fully upwardswith sufficient force to hold the vehicle ina stationary position.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull theparking brake lever upwards, then pressthe release button. While holding thebutton, lower the parking brake lever allthe way down to the released position.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (160,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It turns offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-22).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If oneis about to lock up, the ABS responds byautomatically releasing and reapplyingthat wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal when the ABS operates. Continueto depress the brake pedal withoutpumping the brakes.

5-8

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (161,1)

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

NOTEl Braking distances may be longer on loose

surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)which usually have a hard foundation. Avehicle with a normal braking system mayrequire less distance to stop under theseconditions because the tires will build up awedge of surface layer when the wheelsskid.

l The sound of the ABS operating may beheard when starting the engine orimmediately after starting the vehicle.However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEl When the engine is jump-started to charge

the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs,it is the result of the weak battery and doesnot indicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

l (With DSC vehicles)The brake assist system does not operatewhile the ABS warning light is illuminated.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

Driving Your Mazda


5-9


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (162,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qBrake Assist (with DSC vehicles)

During emergency braking situationswhen it is necessary to depress the brakepedal with greater force, the brake assistsystem provides braking assistance, thusenhancing braking performance.

When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, the brakes applymore firmly.

NOTEl When the brake pedal is depressed hard or

depressed more quickly, the pedal will feelsofter but the brakes will apply more firmly.This is a normal effect of the brake assistoperation and does not indicate anabnormality.

l When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, a motor/pumpoperation noise may be heard. This is anormal effect of the brake assist and doesnot indicate an abnormality.

l The brake assist equipment does notsupersede the functionality of the vehicle'smain braking system.

qBrake Pad Wear Indicator

When the disc brake pads become worn,the built-in wear indicators contact thedisc plates. This causes a screeching noiseto warn that the pads should be replaced.

When you hear this noise, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive with worn disc pads:

Driving with worn disc pads isdangerous. The brakes could fail andcause a serious accident. As soon asyou hear a screeching noise consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (163,1)

Manual TransmissionOperation

qManual Transmission Shift Pattern

5-speed transmission

6-speed transmissionNeutral position

Neutral position

The vehicle is equipped with either a 5-speed or 6-speed manual transmission.The shift pattern for each is shown above.

Depress the clutch pedal all the way downwhile shifting; then release it slowly.

(5-speed transmission)A safety feature prevents accidentalshifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shiftlever must be put in neutral before beingshifted to R.

(6-speed transmission)Vehicles with 6-speed transmission areequipped with a device to prevent shiftingto R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shiftlever downward and shift to R.

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or Rposition and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:

Otherwise the vehicle could moveand cause an accident.

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (164,1)

CAUTIONØ Keep your foot off the clutch pedal

except when shifting gears. Also,do not use the clutch to hold thevehicle on an upgrade. Riding theclutch will cause needless clutchwear and damage.

Ø Do not apply any excessive lateralforce to the gear lever whenchanging from 5th to 4th gear.This could lead to the accidentalselection of 2nd gear, which canresult in damage to thetransmission.

Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to acomplete stop before shifting to R.Shifting to R while the vehicle isstill moving may damage thetransmission.

NOTEIf shifting to R is difficult, shift back intoneutral, release the clutch pedal, and tryagain.

qRecommendations for Shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration, we recommendthese shift points.

Gear5-speed

transmission6-speed

transmission

1 to 2 24 km/h (15 mph) 23 km/h (14 mph)

2 to 3 42 km/h (26 mph) 37 km/h (23 mph)

3 to 4 55 km/h (34 mph) 50 km/h (31 mph)

4 to 5 66 km/h (41 mph) 56 km/h (35 mph)

5 to 6 ― 66 km/h (41 mph)

For cruising

Gear5-speed

transmission6-speed

transmission

1 to 2 15 km/h (9 mph) 18 km/h (11 mph)

2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph) 32 km/h (20 mph)

3 to 4 47 km/h (29 mph) 44 km/h (27 mph)

4 to 5 61 km/h (38 mph) 56 km/h (35 mph)

5 to 6 ― 68 km/h (42 mph)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisreduces the chance of stalling and givesbetter acceleration when you need morespeed.On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (165,1)

Automatic Transmission Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTEThe Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transmission giving thedriver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transmission to shift gears. Even ifyou intend to use the automatic transmission functions as a traditional automatic, you should also beaware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may beretained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear theengine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-15).

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (166,1)

qTransmission Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transmission and prevents therear wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to P and setthe parking brake:

Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle isdangerous. If P fails to hold, thevehicle could move and cause anaccident.

CAUTIONØ Shifting into P, N or R while the

vehicle is moving can damageyour transmission.

Ø Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransmission.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transmission are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster than idle,do not shift from N or P into a drivinggear:

It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engineis running faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could movesuddenly, causing an accident orserious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:

Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can causetransmission damage.

NOTEApply the parking brake or depress the brakepedal before moving the shift lever from N toprevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transmission will automaticallyshift through a 6-gear sequence.Temporary use of the direct mode ispossible.Refer to Direct Mode on page 5-19.

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever or steering shiftswitches.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-15).

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (167,1)

qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)automatically controls the transmissionshift points to best suit the road conditionsand driver input. This optimizes engineperformance and improves drivingcomfort. When cornering the vehicle,AAS mode will hold the transmission inthe gear the vehicle was in before enteringthe curve, allowing the vehicle to beaccelerated from the same gear afterexiting the curve.If the driver accelerates rapidly, oraccelerates and decelerates rapidly byoperating the accelerator and brake pedalfor a certain period of time while theselector lever is in the D position, AASmode could activate. When this occurs,AAS mode will maintain the transmissionin the optimum gear and the driver maysense that the transmission is not shifting,however this does not indicate anabnormality.

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTEl When the ignition switch is in the LOCK

position, the shift lever cannot be shiftedfrom P.

l To be sure the vehicle is in park, theignition key cannot be removed unless theshift lever is in P.

l (With Advanced Key)The ignition switch cannot be turned fromthe ACC to the LOCK position when theshift lever is not in P.

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transmission vehicle by operatingthe shift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the rear wheelsmuch like a manual transmission whenmore control is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

NOTEChanging to manual mode can be done whiledriving the vehicle with no damage occurringto the transmission.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (168,1)

NOTEl If you change to manual shift mode when

the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift toM1.

l If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 5th gear, the gear willshift to M4.

l If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 6th gear, the gear willshift to M5.

Indicators

Shift position indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator


NOTEIf the gears cannot be shifted down whendriving at higher speeds, the gear positionindicator will flash twice to signal that thegears cannot be shifted down.

Shifting

You can shift gears up and down byoperating the shift lever or the steeringshift switches.

NOTEl If the steering shift switches on both sides

(left and right) are operated simultaneously,the gear will shift once.

l The gear will not shift if:l The steering shift switch and the shift

lever are operated simultaneously.l The UP switch and DOWN switch are

operated simultaneously.

Manually Shifting up

(M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6)To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shiftlever back ( ) once.

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (169,1)

To shift up to a higher gear with thesteering shift switches, tap either of theUP switches toward you once with yourfingers.

UP switches

WARNINGKeep your hands on the steering wheelrim when using fingers or thumbs onthe steering shift switches:

Putting your hands inside the rim ofthe steering wheel when using thesteering shift switches is dangerous.If the driver's air bag were to deployin a collision, your hands could beimpacted causing injury.

NOTEl When driving slowly, the gears may not

shift up depending on vehicle speed.l In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up

automatically. Do not run the engine withthe tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. Ifthe tachometer needle enters the REDZONE, you may feel engine-brakingbecause the fuel delivery will be stopped toprotect the engine. However, this does notindicate an abnormality.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransmission will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed (Except M2 →M1).

Manually Shifting down

( M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2 →M1)To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shiftlever forward ( ) once.

To shift down to a lower gear with thesteering shift switches, press either of theDOWN switches away from you oncewith your thumb.

DOWN switches

Driving Your Mazda


5-17


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (170,1)

WARNINGDo not use engine braking on slipperyroad surfaces or at high speeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Keep your hands on the steering wheelrim when using fingers or thumbs onthe steering shift switches:

Putting your hands inside the rim ofthe steering wheel when using thesteering shift switches is dangerous.If the driver's air bag were to deployin a collision, your hands could beimpacted causing injury.

NOTEl When driving at high speeds, the gear may

not shift down depending on vehicle speed.l During deceleration, the gear may

automatically shift down depending onvehicle speed.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransmission will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed (Except M2 →M1).

Second gear fixed mode

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )while the vehicle is stopped, thetransmission is set in the second gearfixed mode. The gear is fixed in secondwhile in this mode for easier starting anddriving on slippery roads. If the shift leveris tapped back ( ) or forward ( ) whilein the second gear fixed mode, the modewill be canceled.

Shifting specification

Shifting up

If the vehicle speed is lower than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted up to a higher gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1→M2

Between 0 and 18 km/h(0 and 11 mph), depending on howmuch the accelerator pedal isdepressed.

M2→M3M3→M4


M4→M5


M5→M6


Shifting down

If the vehicle speed is higher than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted to a lower gear so as toprotect the transmission.

Gear Vehicle speed

M5→M4 164 km/h (102 mph)

M4→M3 117 km/h (72 mph)

M3→M2 80 km/h (49 mph)

M2→M1 35 km/h (21 mph)

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced tothe following:

Gear Vehicle speed

M6→M5 47 km/h (29 mph)

M5→M4 38 km/h (23 mph)

M4→M3 20 km/h (12 mph)

M3→M2 15 km/h (9 mph)

M2→M1 12 km/h (7 mph)

5-18

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (171,1)

NOTEThe gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gear fixedmode.

If the vehicle is kicked down at thefollowing speeds or lower, the gears shiftdown automatically:

Gear Vehicle speed

M6→M5 190 km/h (118 mph)

M6→M4 125 km/h (77 mph)

M5→M4 125 km/h (77 mph)

M5→M3 78 km/h (48 mph)

M4→M3 78 km/h (48 mph)

M4→M2 50 km/h (31 mph)

M3→M2 50 km/h (31 mph)

Recommendations for shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration and cruising, werecommend these shift points.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)





For cruising

Gear Vehicle speed






Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisgives better acceleration when you needmore speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

qDirect Modeí

Direct mode can be used for temporarilyswitching gears by operating the steeringshift switch while the vehicle is beingdriven with the selector lever in the Drange.While in direct mode, the D and Mindicator lights illuminate and the gearposition in use is illuminated.Direct mode is canceled (released) underthe following conditions.l The vehicle is driven at a constantspeed.

l The needle in the tachometerapproaches the red zone.

l The vehicle is driven at a constantspeed and the accelerator pedal isheavily depressed.

Driving Your Mazda


5-19íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (172,1)

l The vehicle is stopped or moving at aslow speed.


Direct mode indicator

NOTEShifting up and down while in direct mode maynot be possible depending on the vehiclespeed. In addition, because direct mode iscanceled (released) depending on the rate ofacceleration or if the accelerator is fullydepressed, use of the manual shift mode isrecommended if you need to drive the vehiclein a particular gear for long periods.

qDriving Tips

WARNINGDo not allow the vehicle to move inreverse on an up-slope while theselector lever is in a forward gearposition, or move forward on a down-slope while the selector lever is in thereverse position.

Otherwise, the engine will stop,causing the loss of the power brakeand power steering functions, andmake it difficult to control the vehiclewhich could result in an accident.

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully. The transmission willshift to a lower gear, depending on vehiclespeed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:


2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

5-20

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (173,1)

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme left or right for more than 5seconds with the engine running.This could damage the powersteering system.

Cruise Controlí

With cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed of morethan about 30 km/h (19 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control under thefollowing conditions:

Using the cruise control under thefollowing conditions is dangerousand could result in loss of vehiclecontrol.Ø Hilly terrainØ Steep inclinesØ Heavy or unsteady trafficØ Slippery or winding roadsØ Similar restrictions that require

inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

Driving Your Mazda


5-21íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (174,1)

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ON/OFFswitch.The cruise main indicator lightilluminates.

To deactivate the system, press the switchagain.The cruise main indicator light turns off.

WARNINGKeep the ON/OFF switch off whencruise control is not in use:

Leaving the ON/OFF switch on whennot using the cruise control isdangerous as you may hit one of theother buttons and put the vehicle incruise control unexpectedly. Thiscould result in loss of vehicle control.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON/OFF switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).

3. Press down the cruise control SET/-switch and release it at the speed youwant. Release the acceleratorsimultaneously.

Cruise control switch

Do not continue to hold the switch. Untilyou release it, speed will continue to drop(unless you continue to accelerate) andyou'll miss the desired speed.

NOTEl On a steep grade, the vehicle may

momentarily slow down while ascending,or speed up while descending.

l Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speeddrops below 30 km/h (19 mph) when cruiseis activated, such as when climbing a steepgrade.

5-22

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (175,1)

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

To increase speed using cruise controlswitch

Press up the cruise control RES/+ switchand hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control RES/+ switch. Multiple taps will increase yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

To increase speed using acceleratorpedal

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed.Press down the cruise control SET/-switch and release it immediately.


NOTEAccelerate if you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on. Greater speedwill not interfere with or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator to return tothe set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press down the cruise control SET/-switch and hold it. The vehicle willgradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Driving Your Mazda


5-23


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (176,1)

Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control SET/-switch. Multiple taps will decrease yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 30 km/h (19 mph)

If some other method besides the ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed (such as applying the brake pedal)and the system is still activated, the mostrecent set speed will automatically resumewhen the cruise control RES/+ switch ispressed up.If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30km/h (19 mph) or more and press up thecruise control RES/+ switch.


qTo Cancel

To cancel the system, use one of thesemethods:l Press the ON/OFF switch.l Slightly depress the brake pedal.l Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransmission only).

l Press the CANCEL switch.

The system turns off when the ignition isswitched off.

NOTECruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9mph) below the preset speed (such as mayhappen when climbing a long, steep grade).

5-24

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (177,1)

Traction Control System(TCS)í

The Traction Control System (TCS)enhances traction and safety bycontrolling engine torque and braking.When the TCS detects driving wheelslippage, it lowers engine torque andoperates the brakes to prevent loss oftraction.

This means that on a slick surface, theengine adjusts automatically to provideoptimum power to the drive wheelswithout causing them to spin and losetraction.

WARNINGDo not rely on the traction controlsystem as a substitute for safe driving:

The traction control system (TCS)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

Use snow tires or tire chains and driveat reduced speeds when roads arecovered with ice and/or snow:

Driving without proper tractiondevices on snow and/or ice-coveredroads is dangerous. The tractioncontrol system (TCS) alone cannotprovide adequate traction and youcould still have an accident.

NOTETo turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch(page 5-27).

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position. If the TCS or DSC isoperating, the indicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC mayhave a malfunction and they may notoperate correctly. Take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl In addition to the indicator light flashing, a

slight lugging sound will come from theengine. This indicates that the TCS isoperating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, itwill be impossible to achieve high rpmwhen the TCS is on.

Driving Your Mazda


5-25íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (178,1)

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)í

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control side slipwhen driving on slippery surfaces, orduring sudden or evasive maneuvering,enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page5-25).

WARNINGDo not rely on the dynamic stabilitycontrol as a substitute for safe driving:

The dynamic stability control (DSC)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

CAUTIONØ The DSC may not operate correctly

unless the following are observed:Ø Use tires of the correct size

specified for your Mazda on allfour wheels.

Ø Use tires of the samemanufacturer, brand and treadpattern on all four wheels.

Ø Do not mix worn tires.Ø The DSC may not operate correctly

when tire chains are used or atemporary spare tire is installedbecause the tire diameter changes.

Ø If repair or replacement of thesteering or other surroundingequipment is necessary, have itdone at an Authorized MazdaDealer. If the center position of thesteering deviates, the DSC may notoperate correctly because there isa sensor in the steering whichdetects driving conditions.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light



5-26

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (179,1)

qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-27).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

NOTEIf the battery is disconnected or a fuse isreplaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In thiscase, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes andthe TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.To make the DSC operable, do the followingprocedure with the battery connected.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turnit counterclockwise fully.

3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator turn off.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFFposition, then turn it to the ON positionagain.

5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator lightturns off.

If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSCOFF indicator light remain illuminated evenafter turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qDSC OFF Switch

Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off theTCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator lightwill illuminate.

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicatorlight will go out.

Driving Your Mazda


5-27


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (180,1)

NOTEl When DSC is on and you attempt to free the

vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out offreshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of theDSC system) will activate. Depressing theaccelerator will not increase engine powerand freeing the vehicle may be difficult.When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.

l If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine isturned off, it automatically activates whenthe ignition switch is turned on.

l Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide thebest stability. When the TCS/DSC is off, theTCS/DSC does not activate but the brakeLSD (Limited Slip Differentials) functionremains.

l If the DSC OFF switch is pressed and heldfor a second or more, the TCS/DSC systemmay become inoperative due to the systemdetecting switch trouble. If the TCS/DSCsystem becomes inoperative, the TCS/DSCand the DSC OFF indicator lightsilluminate simultaneously. In this case, turnoff the engine and restart it to restore theTCS/DSC.

5-28

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (181,1)

Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via thewarning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.

The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal tothe receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTEWhen the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning lightmay illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tirepressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tirepressure gauge is recommended.

TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tiresregularly.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (182,1)

CAUTIONØ Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold

and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for thosetires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when oneor more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximatelyone minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating aproblem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation orblow out.

NOTEThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (183,1)

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (184,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-7).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires lose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (185,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture.Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires onpage 7-3.

Vehicles with Instant Mobility System(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit

If an emergency tire repair is needed,repair the punctured tire with theemergency flat tire repair kit (page 7-7).

CAUTIONDo not use non-genuine tire sealant.It may damage the tire pressuresensor.

Vehicles with optional temporary sparetire

If you have bought the optional temporaryspare tire, replace the punctured tire withthe temporary spare tire. Refer to themanufacturer's instructions.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qFlat Tire Warning Light



If the tire pressures decrease extremelyafter the TPMS warning light hasilluminated, or if a tire is punctured, theflat tire warning light also illuminates, anda beep sound will be heard forapproximately 30 seconds.Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires onpage 7-3.

qSystem Error Activation

When the TPMS warning light flashes,there may be a system malfunction.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.A system error activation may occur inthe following cases:l When there is equipment or a devicenear the vehicle using the same radiofrequency as that of the tire pressuresensors.

l When a metallic device such as a non-genuine navigation system is equippednear the center of the dashboard, whichmay block radio signals from the tirepressure sensor to the receiver unit.

l When using the following devices inthe vehicle that may cause radiointerference with the receiver unit.l A digital device such as a personal

computer.l A current converter device such as a

DC-AC converter.l When excess snow or ice adheres tothe vehicle, especially around thewheels.

l When the tire pressure sensor batteriesare exhausted.

l When using a wheel with no tirepressure sensor installed.

l When using tires with steel wirereinforcement in the side walls.

l When using tire chains.

Driving Your Mazda


5-33


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (186,1)

qTires and Wheels

CAUTIONWhen inspecting or adjusting the tireair pressures, do not apply excessiveforce to the stem part of the wheelunit. The stem part could bedamaged.

Changing tires and wheels

The following procedure allows theTPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor'sunique ID signal code whenever tires orwheels are changed, such as changing toand from winter tires.

NOTEEach tire pressure sensor has a unique IDsignal code. The signal code must beregistered with the TPMS before it can work.The easiest way to do it is to have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer change your tire andcomplete ID signal code registration.

When having tires changed at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer

Tire pressure sensor ID signal coderegistration is completed when anAuthorized Mazda Dealer changes yourvehicle's tires.

When changing tires yourself

If you or someone else changes tires, youor someone else can also undertake thesteps for the TPMS to complete the IDsignal code registration.

1. After tires have been changed, turn theignition switch to the ON position, thenturn it back to the ACC or LOCKposition.

2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

3. After about 15 minutes, drive thevehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tirepressure sensor ID signal code will beregistered automatically.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutesof changing tires, the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning light will flash because thesensor ID signal code would not have beenregistered. If this happens, park the vehicle forabout 15 minutes, after which the sensor IDsignal code will register upon driving thevehicle for 10 minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONØ When replacing/repairing the tires

or wheels or both, have the workdone by an Authorized MazdaDealer, or the tire pressure sensorsmay be damaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designed forinstallation of the tire pressuresensors. Do not use non-genuinewheels, otherwise it may not bepossible to install the tire pressuresensors.

Be sure to have the tire pressure sensorsinstalled whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.When having a tire or wheel or bothreplaced, the following types of tirepressure sensor installations are possible.l The tire pressure sensor is removedfrom the old wheel and installed to thenew one.

l The same tire pressure sensor is usedwith the same wheel. Only the tire isreplaced.

5-34

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (187,1)

l A new tire pressure sensor is installedto a new wheel.

NOTEl The tire pressure sensor ID signal code

must be registered when a new tire pressuresensor is purchased. For purchase of a tirepressure sensor and registration of the tirepressure sensor ID signal code, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l When reinstalling a previously removed tirepressure sensor to a wheel, replace thegrommet (seal between valve body/sensorand wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.

Driving Your Mazda


5-35


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (188,1)

Meters and Gauges

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-37Odometer, Trip Meter, Average Fuel Economy Display, Outside Temperature Displayand Selector ....................................................................................................... page 5-37Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-38Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-39Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-39Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-40Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ................................................................................ page 5-40

5-36

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (189,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter, AverageFuel Economy Display, OutsideTemperature Display and Selector

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.Each time the selector is pressed thedisplay switches in the order of trip meterA, trip meter B, the average fuel economydisplay and the outside temperaturedisplay.

Trip Meter

Selector

Average Fuel Economy DisplayOutside Temperature Display

Odometer

Trip meter B

Average fuel economy

Outside temperature

Trip meter A

Odometer

Odometer

Odometer

Odometer

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (190,1)

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for 1 second ormore. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTEl Only the trip meters record tenths of

kilometers (miles).l The trip record will be erased when:

l The power supply is interrupted (blownfuse or the battery is disconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km(mile).

Average fuel economy display

This mode displays the average fueleconomy by calculating the total fuelconsumption and the total traveleddistance since purchasing the vehicle, re-connecting the battery after disconnection,or resetting the data. The average fueleconomy is calculated and displayedevery minute.To clear the data being displayed, pressthe selector for more than 1 second. Afterpressing the selector, - - - L/100 km (- - -mpg) will be displayed for about 1 minutebefore the fuel economy is recalculatedand displayed.

Outside temperature display

This mode displays the outsidetemperature.

NOTEl (Temperature unit change function)í

To change the outside temperature displayfrom Fahrenheit (°F) to Centigrade (°C),press and hold the selector for severalseconds while the outside temperature isdisplayed.

l Under the following conditions, the ambienttemperature display may differ from theactual ambient temperature depending onthe surroundings and vehicle conditions:l Significantly cold or hot temperatures.l Sudden changes in ambient temperature.l The vehicle is parked.l The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).Manual Transmission

Red zone

5-38

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (191,1)

Automatic Transmission

Red zone

CAUTIONDo not run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gaugeshows the temperature of the enginecoolant.

If the needle is near H, it indicatesoverheating.

CAUTIONDriving with an overheated enginecan cause serious engine damage(page 7-18).

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is remaining in the tank whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4full. When the low fuel warning lightilluminates or when the needle is near E,refuel as soon as possible.

Low fuel warning light

NOTEl After refueling, it may require some time for

the needle to stabilize. In addition, theneedle may deviate while driving on a slopeor curve since the fuel moves in the tank.

l The direction of the arrow ( ) shows thatthe fuel-filler lid is on the left side of thevehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-39


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (192,1)

qEngine Oil Pressure Gauge

Normal range

Engine oil pressure is normal when theengine oil pressure gauge needle pointswithin the normal range.

If the needle on the gauge doesn't moveafter starting the engine, follow steps 1through 3.

If the engine oil pressure gauge moves toL (low) while you are driving, drive to theside of the road and park off the right-of-way. Set the parking brake. Then followsteps 1 through 3.

1. Turn off the engine and inspect theengine oil level (page 8-19). If it's low,add oil.

2. Start the engine.

3. If the needle still doesn't move, haveyour vehicle checked at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDon't run the engine if the oilpressure is low. It could result inextensive engine damage.

qDashboard Illumination

When the exterior lights are on, rotate theknob to adjust the brightness of thedashboard lights.

Dim

Bright

NOTEThis symbol ( ) indicates the knob to adjustthe brightness of the dashboard illumination.

5-40

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (193,1)

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-43

Charging System Warning Light 5-44

Check Engine Light 5-45

ABS Warning Light 5-43

Air Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-45

Low Fuel Warning Light 5-46

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep 5-46

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds

5-41


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (194,1)

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-47

Automatic Transmission Warning Light 5-47

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-48

Flat Tire Warning Light 5-50

KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) 5-50

Security Indicator Light 5-52

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-52

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-52

TCS/DSC Indicator Light 5-53

DSC OFF Indicator Light 5-53

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-53

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-54

5-42

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (195,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It turns offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-22).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Driving Your Mazda


5-43


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (196,1)

NOTEl When the engine is jump-started to charge

the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs,it is the result of the weak battery and doesnot indicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

l (With DSC vehicles)The brake assist system does not operatewhile the ABS warning light is illuminated.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

5-44

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (197,1)

qCheck Engine Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

If this light illuminates while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light illuminated and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

The check engine light may illuminate inthe following cases:l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The fuel-filler cap is missing or nottightened securely.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

qAir Bag/Seat Belt PretensionerSystem Warning Light

If the air bag/seat belt pretensioner systemis working properly, the warning lightilluminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or after theengine is cranked. The warning light turnsoff after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If any ofthese occur, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible. The systemmay not work in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

Driving Your Mazda


5-45


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (198,1)

qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel warning light

This warning light signals that the fueltank will soon be empty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

Belt minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate orrestore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Passenger not seatedThe belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep



5-46

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (199,1)

Driver seated/Passenger seatedThe seat belt warning function remindsthe passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the passenger seatmay cause the passenger seat belt warningfunction to operate depending on theweight of the item.


NOTEl To allow the passenger seat weight sensor

to function properly, do not place and sit onan additional seat cushion on the passengerseat. The sensor may not function properlybecause the additional seat cushion couldcause sensor interference.

l When a small child sits on the passengerseat, it is possible that neither the warninglight nor the warning beep operate.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when anydoor is not securely closed.Close the door securely before driving thevehicle.

qAutomatic Transmission WarningLight

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.The light illuminates when thetransmission has a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transmissionwarning light illuminates, thetransmission has an electricalproblem. Continuing to drive yourMazda in this condition could causedamage to your transmission.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealeras soon as possible.

Driving Your Mazda


5-47


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (200,1)

qTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) Warning Lightí


Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.


When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

5-48

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (201,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-7).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires lose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-49


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (202,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture.Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires onpage 7-3.

Vehicles with Instant Mobility System(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit

If an emergency tire repair is needed,repair the punctured tire with theemergency flat tire repair kit (page 7-7).

CAUTIONDo not use non-genuine tire sealant.It may damage the tire pressuresensor.

Vehicles with optional temporary sparetire

If you have bought the optional temporaryspare tire, replace the punctured tire withthe temporary spare tire. Refer to themanufacturer's instructions.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qFlat Tire Warning Lightí



If the tire pressures decrease extremelyafter the TPMS warning light hasilluminated, or if a tire is punctured, theflat tire warning light also illuminates, anda beep sound will be heard forapproximately 30 seconds.Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires onpage 7-3.

qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEYIndicator Light (Green) (withAdvanced Key)

This indicator has two colors.

KEY Warning Light (Red)

When illuminated

l When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, it illuminatesmomentarily and then goes out.

l If any malfunction occurs in theadvanced keyless system, it illuminatescontinuously.

5-50

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (203,1)

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the KEYwarning light illuminated:

If the KEY warning light remainsilluminated, do not continue to driveusing the advanced key system. Parkthe vehicle in a safe place and usethe auxiliary key to continue drivingthe vehicle. Have the vehicleinspected at an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

When flashing

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) flashes toinform the driver that the start knobwill not rotate to the ACC positioneven if it is pushed in from the LOCKposition.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not within

operational range.l The advanced key is placed in areas

where it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) will flashcontinuously when the start knob hasnot been returned to the LOCKposition to notify the driver that theadvanced key has been removed fromthe vehicle. It will stop flashing whenthe advanced key is back inside thevehicle.l The start knob has not been returned

to the LOCK position, the driver'sdoor is open, and the advanced keyis removed from the vehicle.

l The start knob has not been returnedto the LOCK position and all thedoors are closed after removing theadvanced key from the vehicle.

NOTEThe flashing KEY warning light (red) and thebeep sound operate simultaneously (page3-22).

KEY Indicator Light (Green)

When illuminated

When the start knob is pushed in from theLOCK position, the system confirms thatthe correct advanced key is inside thevehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)illuminates, and the start knob can beturned to the ACC position (page 3-11).

When flashing

When the advanced key battery power islow, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30seconds after the start knob is turned fromthe ON position to the ACC or LOCKposition. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable (page 3-7).

Driving Your Mazda


5-51


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (204,1)

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Setting Change (FunctionCustomization)(page 3-21).

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2seconds when the ignition switch is turnedfrom the ON to the ACC position and theimmobilizer system is armed.

The light stops flashing when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.At this time, the immobilizer system isdisarmed and the light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then turns off.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:l The high-beam headlights are on.l The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-pass position.

qShift Position Indicator Light(Automatic Transmission)

This indicates the selected shift positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.


5-52

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (205,1)


The gear position indicator displays thegear in use while in either manual shift ordirect mode.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Lightí



qDSC OFF Indicator Lightí

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-27).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

NOTEIf the battery is disconnected or a fuse isreplaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In thiscase, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes andthe TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.To make the DSC operable, do the followingprocedure with the battery connected.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turnit counterclockwise fully.

3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator turn off.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFFposition, then turn it to the ON positionagain.

5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator lightturns off.

If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSCOFF indicator light remain illuminated evenafter turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)í

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Driving Your Mazda


5-53íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (206,1)

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qTurn-Signal/Hazard WarningIndicator Lights

When operating the turn signal lights, theleft or right turn signal indicator lightflashes to indicate which turn signal lightis operating (page 5-58).

When operating the hazard warninglights, both turn signal indicator lightsflash (page 5-61).

NOTEIf an indicator light remains illuminated (doesnot flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out.

Beep Sounds

qSeat Belt Warning Beep

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, a beep sound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.If the driver's seat belt is not fastened andthe vehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep soundwill be heard again for a specified periodof time.Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep onpage 5-46.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

NOTEWhen the advanced keyless function is usedand the start knob is in the ACC position, theStart Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep (page3-19) overrides the lights-on reminder.

5-54

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (207,1)

qTire Inflation Pressure WarningBeepí

The warning beep sound will be heard forabout 3 seconds if the tire pressuresdecrease.If the tire pressure decreases extremely, abeep sound will be heard forapproximately 30 seconds.Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemon page 5-29.

qAdvanced Keyless Warning (withAdvanced Key)

Warning indicators for the advanced key,such as “the advanced key removed fromvehicle warning”, use a beep sound andwarning/indicator lights in the instrumentcluster.Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds onpage 3-19.

Driving Your Mazda


5-55íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (208,1)

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

To turn on the lights, turn the headlightswitch on the end of the control lever.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-marker lightsDashboardillumination

Off On On

NOTETo prevent discharging the battery, don't leavethe lights on while the engine is off unlesssafety requires them.

Xenon fusion headlight bulbs í

The low-beam bulbs of the headlightshave xenon fusion bulbs that produce abright white beam over a wide area.

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

NOTEIf the headlights flicker, or the brightnessweakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and areplacement is necessary. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

NOTEWhen the advanced keyless function is usedand the start knob is in the ACC position, theStart Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep (page3-19) overrides the lights-on reminder.

5-56

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.

Switches and Controls


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (209,1)

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Push the lever forward for high beam.Pull back to original position for lowbeam.

High beam

Low beam

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytoward you. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on, and the lever will returnto the normal position when released.

OFF

Flashing

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven withthe headlights on during daytimeoperation.

For that reason, the daytime running lightsautomatically turn on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position.

NOTEThe Daytime Running Lights turn off when theparking brake is applied.

Driving Your Mazda


5-57


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (210,1)

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

qTurn Signal

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.

Right turn

Left turn

Right lane change

Left lane change

OFF

Green indicators on the dashboard showwhich signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward thedirection of the change ―until theindicator flashes― and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

NOTEIf an indicator light stays on without flashingor if it flashes abnormally, one of the turnsignal bulbs may be burned out.

Fog Lightsí

Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.They help you to see as well as to be seen.

To turn the fog lights on, rotate the foglight switch to the position.The headlight switch must be in theposition to turn on the fog lights.

Fog light switch

To turn them off, rotate the fog lightswitch to the OFF position or turn theheadlight switch to the or OFFposition.

NOTEThe fog lights will turn off when the headlightsare set at high beam.

5-58

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (211,1)

Windshield Wipers andWasher

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer fluidmixed with anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions:

Using windshield washer fluidwithout anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions isdangerous as it could freeze on thewindshield and block your visionwhich could cause an accident.In addition, make sure thewindshield is sufficiently warmedusing the defroster before sprayingthe washer fluid.

NOTEBecause heavy ice and snow can jam the wiperblades, the wiper motor is protected frommotor breakdown, overheating and possiblefire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of the blades, butonly for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiper switch andpark off the right-of-way, and remove the snowand ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and theblades should operate normally. If they do notresume functioning, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive tothe side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Wait until the weather clears before tryingto drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.INT ― IntermittentLO ― Low speedHI ― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, push the leverup to MIST.MIST ― Mist

Driving Your Mazda


5-59


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (212,1)

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

OFF

Washer

NOTEWith the wiper lever in the OFF or INTposition, the wipers will operate continuouslyuntil the lever is released.

If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-23). If it's normal,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears frost,fog, and thin ice from the rear window.

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster, the indicator light willilluminate.

Press the switch again to turn it off.

Indicator light

CAUTIONDo not use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners with abrasives toclean the inside of the rear windowsurface. They may damage thedefroster grid inside the window.

NOTEThis defroster is not designed for melting snow.If there is an accumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using the defroster.

5-60

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (213,1)

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

Driving Your Mazda


5-61


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (214,1)

HomeLink WirelessControl Systemí

NOTEHomeLink and HomeLink house are registeredtrademarks of Johnson Controls.

The HomeLink system replaces up to 3hand-held transmitters with a single built-in component in the auto-dimming mirror.Pressing the HomeLink button on theauto-dimming mirror activates garagedoors, gates and other devicessurrounding your home.

Indicator light

HomeLink button

WARNINGDo not use the HomeLink system withany garage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature:

Using the HomeLink system with anygarage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature asrequired by federal safety standardsis dangerous. (This includes garagedoors manufactured before April 1,1982.)Using these garage door openers canincrease the risk of serious injury ordeath. For further information,contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515or www.homelink.com or yourAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Always check the areas surroundinggarage doors and gates for people orobstructions before programming orduring operation of the HomeLinksystem:

Programming or operating theHomeLink system without verifyingthe safety of areas surroundinggarage doors and gates is dangerousand could result in an unexpectedaccident and serious injury ifsomeone were to be hit.

CAUTIONHomeLink has been tested andcomplies with FCC and IndustryCanada rules. Changes ormodifications not expressly approvedby the party responsible forcompliance could void the user'sauthority to operate the device.

5-62

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (215,1)

NOTEFCC ID: NZLOBIHL3CANADA:4112A-OBIHL3This device complies with FCC rules part 15.Operation is subject to the followingconditions:1- This device may not cause any harmfulinterference and2- This device must accept any interferencethat may be received including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThe programming will not be erased even ifthe battery is disconnected.

qPre-programming the HomeLinkSystem

NOTEIt is recommended that a new battery beplaced in the hand-held transmitter of thedevice being programmed to HomeLink forquicker training and accurate transmission ofthe radio-frequency signal.

l Verify that there is a remote controltransmitter available for the device youwould like to program.

l Disconnect the power to the device.

qProgramming the HomeLink System

CAUTIONWhen programming a garage dooropener or a gate, disconnect thepower to these devices beforeperforming programming, ascontinuous operation of the devicescould damage the motor.

The HomeLink system provides 3 buttonswhich can be individually selected andprogrammed using the transmitters forcurrent, on-market devices as follows:

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink buttons (buttons one andthree)― releasing only when theindicator light begins to flash (after 20seconds). Do not hold the buttons forlonger than 30 seconds and do notrepeat step 1 to program a second and/or third hand-held transmitter to theremaining two HomeLink buttons.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)away from the HomeLink button youwish to program while keeping theindicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold both thechosen HomeLink and hand-heldtransmitter buttons. Do not release thebuttons until step 4 has beencompleted.

NOTESome gate operators and garage door openersmay require you to replace this ProgrammingStep 3 with procedures noted in the “GateOperator/Canadian Programming” section.

4. After the HomeLink indicator lightchanges from a slow to a rapidlyblinking light, release both theHomeLink and hand-held transmitterbuttons.

NOTEIf the HomeLink indicator light does notchange to a rapidly blinking light, contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515 for assistance.

Driving Your Mazda


5-63


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (216,1)

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink button and observe theindicator light.

If the indicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete and yourdevice should activate when theHomeLink button is pressed and released.

NOTETo program the remaining two HomeLinkbuttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.Do not repeat step 1.

If the indicator light blinks rapidly fortwo seconds and then turns to aconstant light, continue with“Programming” steps 6―8 to completethe programming of a rolling codeequipped device (most commonly agarage door opener).

6. At the garage door opener receiver(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.

7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or“smart” button. (The name and color ofthe button may vary by manufacturer.)

NOTEThere are 30 seconds in which to initiate step8.

8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,hold for two seconds and release theprogrammed HomeLink button. Repeatthe “press/hold/release” sequence asecond time, and, depending on thebrand of the garage door opener (orother rolling code equipped device),repeat this sequence a third time tocomplete the programming process.

HomeLink should now activate yourrolling code equipped device.

NOTETo program the remaining two HomeLinkbuttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.Do not repeat step 1.

For questions or comments, please contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

qGate operator/CanadianProgramming

Canadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission ―which may not be long enough forHomeLink to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators aredesigned to “time-out” in the samemanner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operatorby using the “Programming” procedures(regardless of where you live), replace“Programming HomeLink” step 3 withthe following:

NOTEIf programming a garage door opener or gateoperator, it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to preventpossible overheating.

5-64

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (217,1)

Continue to press and hold the HomeLinkbutton while you press and release―every two seconds (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter until the frequency signalhas successfully been accepted byHomeLink. (The indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly.)Proceed with “Programming” step 4 tocomplete.

qOperating the HomeLink System

Press the programmed HomeLink buttonto operate a programmed device. Thecode will continue being transmitted for amaximum of 20 seconds.

qReprogramming the HomeLinksystem

To program a device to HomeLink using aHomeLink button previously trained,follow these steps:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink button, proceed with“Programming” - step 2.

qErasing Programmed HomeLinkButtons

To erase the existing programming fromall three operating channels, press andhold the two outside buttons ( , )on the auto-dimming mirror until theHomeLink indicator light begins to flashafter approximately 20 seconds.Verify that the programming has beenerased when you resell the vehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-65


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (218,1)

5-66


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (219,1)

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3Types of the Climate Control System ....................................... 6-5Manual Typeí .......................................................................... 6-6Automatic Typeí .................................................................... 6-10

Audio System ............................................................................... 6-14Antenna ................................................................................... 6-14Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-15Audio Set ................................................................................ 6-25Audio Control Switch Operationí ......................................... 6-56AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) ................................................. 6-58Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-60

Bluetooth Hands-Free ................................................................. 6-61Bluetooth Hands-Freeí .......................................................... 6-61Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation ................................... 6-64Convenient Use of the Hands-Free System ............................. 6-68Hands-Free Telephone Setting ................................................ 6-73When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used .......................... 6-78Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-78Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer Service .................... 6-79

Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-80Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-80Interior Lights ......................................................................... 6-80Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-81Multi-Pocket ........................................................................... 6-81Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-82Accessory Socket .................................................................... 6-83Windblocker ............................................................................ 6-84

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (220,1)

Operating Tips

qOperating the Climate ControlSystem

Operate the climate control system withthe engine running.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the fan control dial on for a longperiod of time with the ignition switch in theON position when the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions such as leaves,snow and ice from the hood and the airinlet in the cowl grille to improve thesystem efficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the climate control system todefog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTEThe air conditioner may be used along with theheater to dehumidify the air.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6-2

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (221,1)

Vent Operation

Button

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

You can direct air flow by rotating the vent.

Opening/closing vents

The two outside vents can be opened and closed with center button.

NOTEWhen using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but aresult of humid air being suddenly cooled.

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (222,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

You will feel more comfortable by using the OPEN MODE when opening the roof.

Dashboard Vents

Floor Vents

Defroster and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

Dashboard Vents (OPEN MODE)

Dashboard and Floor Vents (OPEN MODE)

Floor Vents (OPEN MODE)

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (223,1)

Types of the Climate Control SystemManual type and automatic type climate control systems are explained separately. Checkyour vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6

Automatic Type ...................................................................................................... page 6-10

Type A

Type B

Interior Comfort


6-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (224,1)

Manual Typeí

Mode selector dial Temperature control dial Fan control dial

Air intake selector A/C switch

Some models.

qControl Switches

Temperature control dial

HotCold

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

NOTEWhen the mode is set to , or withthe fan control dial in a position other than 0and the temperature control dial in themaximum cold position, the air intake selectorswitches to the recirculated air mode and theA/C turns on automatically.If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switch toturn it off.

Fan control dial

Slow Fast

6-6

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (225,1)

Turn the dial to adjust to the desired fanspeed.Turning the dial clockwise increases thefan speed.Turning the dial counterclockwisedecreases the fan speed.

Mode selector dial

Turn the mode selector dial to selectairflow mode (page 6-4).

NOTETurn the mode selector dial to an OPENMODE position for maximum comfort whilethe roof is open.

A/C switch í

Press the A/C switch to turn the airconditioner on. The indicator light on theswitch will illuminate when the fancontrol dial is in any position except OFF.

Press the switch once again to turn the airconditioner off.

NOTEThe air conditioner may not function when theoutside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F).

Air intake selector

This switch controls the source of airentering the vehicle.

Press the switch to alternatebetween the outside air and recirculatedair modes.

It is recommended that under normalconditions the switch be kept in theoutside air mode.

Outside air mode (indicator lightturned off)

Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Usethis mode for normal ventilation andheating.

Recirculated air mode (indicator lightilluminated)

Outside air is shut off. Air within thevehicle is recirculated.

This mode can be used when driving on adusty road or in similar conditions. It alsohelps to provide quicker cooling of theinterior.

Interior Comfort


6-7íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (226,1)

WARNINGDo not use the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather:

Using the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather is dangerous asit will cause the windows to fog up.Your vision will be hampered, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

qHeating

1. Set the mode selector dial to the orposition.

2. Set the temperature control dial to thehot position.

3. Set the fan control dial to the desiredspeed.

NOTEl If the windshield fogs up easily, set the

mode selector dial to the position.l If cooler air is desired at face level, set the

mode selector dial at the position andadjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

l In the , , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qCooling (With Air Conditioner)í


2. Set the temperature control dial to thecold position.


4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

5. Adjust the fan control dial andtemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

CAUTIONWhen using the air conditioner whiledriving up long hills or in heavytraffic, closely monitor thetemperature gauge (page 5-39).The air conditioner may cause engineoverheating. If the gauge indicatesoverheating, turn the air conditioneroff (page 7-18).

NOTEl When maximum cooling is desired, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme coldposition and set the air intake selector tothe recirculated air mode, then turn the fancontrol dial fully clockwise.

l If warmer air is desired at floor level, setthe mode selector dial at the orposition and adjust the temperature controldial to maintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

6-8

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (227,1)

qVentilation


2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.

3. Set the temperature control dial to thedesired position.


qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

1. Set the mode selector dial to theposition.



WARNINGDo not defog the windshield using the

position with the temperaturecontrol set to the cold position:

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident. Set the temperature controlto the hot or warm position whenusing the position.

NOTEl For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme hotposition and turn the fan control dial fullyclockwise.

l If warm air is desired at the floor, set themode selector dial to the position.

l In the , , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qDehumidifying (With AirConditioner)í

Operate the air conditioner in cool or coldweather to help defog the windshield andside windows.

1. Set the mode selector dial to thedesired position.

2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.



5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

NOTEOne of the functions of the air conditioner isdehumidifying the air and, to use this function,the temperature does not have to be set to cold.Therefore, set the temperature control dial tothe desired position (hot or cold) and turn onthe air conditioner when you want todehumidify the cabin air.

Interior Comfort


6-9íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (228,1)

Automatic Typeí



Type A



Type B

6-10

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (229,1)

qControl Switches

Temperature control dial

HotCold

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

NOTEl Turn the dial completely left to set the

temperature to maximum cooling, andcompletely right for maximum heating.

l When the mode is set to , orwith the fan control dial in a position otherthan 0 and the temperature control dial inthe maximum cold position, the air intakeselector switches to the recirculated airmode and the A/C turns on automatically. IfA/C is not desired, press the A/C switch toturn it off.

Fan control dial

Fast

Slow

This dial allows variable fan speeds.

AUTO position

The amount of airflow will beautomatically controlled in accordancewith the set temperature.

Except AUTO position

The airflow amount can be adjusted to thedesired level by turning the dial.

OFF position

To turn off the system, set the dial to OFF.

Mode selector dial

Turn the mode selector dial to selectairflow mode (page 6-4).

AUTO position

The airflow mode automatically adjusts tothe selected temperature.

Except AUTO position

The desired airflow position can beselected by turning the dial.

NOTEWith the airflow mode set to position andthe temperature control dial set at a mediumtemperature, heated air is directed to the feetand a comparably lower air temperature willflow through the central, left and right vents.

A/C switch

Interior Comfort


6-11


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (230,1)

With the fan control dial ON, press theA/C switch to select the air conditioning(cooling/dehumidifying functions) on oroff.

NOTEThe air conditioner may not function when theoutside temperature approaches 0 °C(32 °F).

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions canbe selected. Press the switch to selectoutside/recirculated air positions.

Recirculated air position (indicatorlight illuminated)

Use this position when going throughtunnels, driving in congested traffic (highengine exhaust areas) or when quickcooling is desired.

Outside air position (indicator lightturned off)

Use this position for normal conditionsand defogging.

WARNINGDo not use the position in cold orrainy weather:

Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.

qOperation of Automatic AirConditioning

1. Set the mode selector dial to the AUTOposition.

2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair position (indicator light turned off).


4. Set the fan control dial to the AUTOposition.

5. Turn on the air conditioner.

To turn off the system, set the fan controldial to OFF.

NOTEl Setting the temperature to maximum high

or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.

l To prevent cool air blowing from the ventswhen heating right after starting theengine, the amount of airflow is reduceduntil the air warms up.

l Turn the mode selector dial to an OPENMODE position for maximum comfortwhile the roof is open. When the modeselector dial is turned to the AUTOposition, OPEN MODE ( ) and ( )vents will not be selected automatically.Select them manually.

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

Set the mode selector dial to theposition and turn the fan control dial tothe desired speed.The outside air position is automaticallyselected. The air conditioner willautomatically turn on and directdehumidified air to the front windshieldand side windows.

6-12

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (231,1)

WARNINGSet the temperature control to hot orwarm position when using theposition:

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

NOTEUse the temperature control dial to increasethe air flow temperature and defog thewindshield more quickly.

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor

The automatic air conditioner functionmeasures inside and outside temperatures,and sunlight. It then sets temperaturesinside the passenger compartmentaccordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct either sensor,otherwise the automatic airconditioner will not operate properly.

Sunlight sensor

Interior temperature sensor

Interior Comfort


6-13


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (232,1)

Antenna

qAM/FM Radio Antenna

To remove the antenna, turn itcounterclockwise.To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.Make sure the antenna is securelyinstalled.

Remove

Install

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the antenna,remove it before entering a car washfacility or passing beneath a lowoverhead clearance.

NOTEWhen leaving your vehicle unattended, werecommend that you remove the antenna andstore it inside the vehicle.

qSatellite Radio Antennaí

The satellite radio antenna receivesSIRIUS signals.

Satellite radio antenna

6-14

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (233,1)

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:

Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONFor the purposes of safe driving,adjust the audio volume to a levelthat allows you to hear soundsoutside of the vehicle including carhorns and particularly emergencyvehicle sirens.

NOTEl To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the audio systemon for a long period of time when theengine is not running.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio is used inor near the vehicle, it could cause noise tooccur from the audio system, however, thisdoes not indicate that the system has beendamaged.

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40―50 km (25―30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-15


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (234,1)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterized by sound breakup.

6-16

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (235,1)

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-Dash CD Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player/In-dash CD changer maybecome clouded with condensation. Atthis time, the CD will eject immediatelywhen placed in the unit. A clouded CDcan be corrected simply by wiping it witha soft cloth. Clouded optical componentswill clear naturally in about an hour. Waitfor normal operation to return beforeattempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CDchanger

The following precautions should beobserved.l Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

l Do not insert any objects, other thanCDs, into the slot.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-17


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (236,1)

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer will notplay the CD. In addition, the disc maynot eject resulting in a malfunction.Remove the rough edges in advance byusing a ball-point pen or pencil asshown below. To remove the roughedges, rub the side of the pen or pencilagainst the inner and outer perimeter ofthe CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changer hasbeen designed to play CDs bearing theidentification logo as shown. No otherdiscs can be played.

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (237,1)

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the center of the CD tothe edge.

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changerejects the CD if the CD is insertedupside down. Also dirty and/ordefective CDs may be ejected.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RWexceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (238,1)

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

qOperating tips for MP3

NOTESupply of this product only conveys a licensefor private, non-commercial use and does notconvey a license nor imply any right to use thisproduct in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,satellite, cable and/or any other media),broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,intranets and/or other networks or in otherelectronic content distribution systems, such aspay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.An independent license for such use isrequired. For details, please visithttp://www.mp3licensing.com.

l This audio system handles MP3 filesthat have been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have beenrecorded using the following formatscan be played:l ISO 9660 level 1l ISO 9660 level 2l Joliet extended formatl Romeo extended format

l This unit handles MP3 filesconforming to the MP3 formatcontaining both header frames and dataframes.

l This unit can play multi-sessionrecorded discs that have up to 40sessions.

l This unit can play MP3s with samplingfrequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48kHz.

l This unit can play MP3 files that havebeen recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insureenjoyment of music with consistentsound quality, it is recommended to usediscs that have been recorded at a bitrate of 128 kbps or more.

l If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how thedisc was recorded.

l Packet written discs cannot be playedon this unit.

l This unit does not play CDs recordedusing MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

About folders and files

l The order of hierarchy for MP3 filesand folders during playback or otherfunctions is from shallow to deep. Thearrangement and playing order of arecorded disc containing MP3 files isas follows:l File number

A numerical file number is assignedto each file in a folder in the order ofhierarchy from shallow to deep.

l Folder numberA numerical folder number isassigned to each folder in the orderof hierarchy from shallow to deep.

NOTEFolders and tracks (files) within the samehierarchy play in the order they were written tothe disc depending on the write software.

6-20

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (239,1)

05

06

0102

04

03

1

5

4

2

3

Folder No.

Level1Level2Level3Level4

Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit.

: Track (File): Folder

l The folder order is automaticallyassigned and this order cannot beoptionally set.

l Any folder without an MP3 file will beignored. (It will be skipped and thefolder number will not be displayed.)

l MP3 files not conforming to the MP3format containing both header framesand data frames will be skipped andnot played.

l This unit will play MP3 files that haveup to eight levels. However, the morelevels a disc has, the longer it will taketo initially start playing. It isrecommended to record discs with twolevels or less.

l A single disc with up to 512 files canbe played and a single folder with up to255 files can be played.

l When naming an MP3 file, be sure toadd an MP3 file extension (.mp3) afterthe file name.

l The maximum number of charactersthat can be used for file names is asfollows. However, this unit will onlydisplay up to 32 characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3).

Maximum number ofcharacters in a file name(including a separator “.”and the three letters of the

file extension)

ISO9660 level 1 12*

ISO9660 level 2 31*

Joliet extendedformat

64

Romeo extendedformat

128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) andunderbar “_” are available.

CAUTIONThis unit can only play MP3 files thathave an MP3 file extension (.mp3)attached. Do not attach an MP3 fileextension to any other type file as itcould cause noise to be emitted or amalfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display

l This unit can only display ID3 Tagalbum, track and artist names that havebeen input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3formats. Any other data that may havebeen input cannot be displayed.

l This unit can only display English(including numerals) one-bytecharacters. Use only English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters wheninputting ID3 tags. Two-byte charactersand some special symbols cannot bedisplayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (240,1)

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.A technical standard for audiocompression as decided by an ISO(International Organization forStandardization) MPEG working group.Use of MP3 allows for audio data to becompressed to approximately a tenth ofthe source data size.

ISO 9660

An international standard for logicalformatting of CD-ROM files and folders.It is divided into three separate levelsbased on differences in file namingprocedures, data configuration and othercharacteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of datarecorded from the beginning to the end ofa single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-RW data recording. Multi-session refers tothe existence of data from two or moresessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analogaudio data at regular intervals andconverting it to digital data. The samplingrate refers to the number of times asample is taken in one second and isexpressed in Hz units. Increasing thesampling rate improves the sound qualitybut also increases the data size.

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second,expressed in bps (bits per second).Generally, the larger the number of thetransfer bit rate when compressing anMP3 file, the more information regardingmusical reproduction it carries, andtherefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar tothat used for floppy discs or hard drives,of recording the required file in a singleincrement on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storinginformation related to the music in anMP3 file. Information such as track, artistand album name can be stored. Thiscontent can be freely edited using ID3editing function software.

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. WhileCBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generallyused, VBR varies the bit rate for audiocompression according to compressionconditions and this allows forcompression with preference given tosound quality.

qOperating Tips for WMA

WMA is short for Windows Media Audioand is the audio compression format usedby Microsoft.Audio data can be created and stored at ahigher compression ratio than MP3.* Microsoft and Windows Media are

registered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation U.S. in the United Statesand other countries.

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (241,1)

Playable WMA file specification

CD-R and CD-RW including WMA filescan be played with this unit. Discs whichconform to the following formats can beplayed.Playable WMA files are as follows:

Item Content

SpecificationWindows MediaAudio Version 7.0,8.0, 9.0

Samplingfrequency

Bit rate

32kHz. . . . . . . 32, 40,48 kbps

44.1kHz . . . . . 32, 48,64, 80, 96, 128, 160,192 kbps

48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96,128, 160, 192 kbps

VBR (Variable Bit Rate) Supported

Channel mode Stereo/Monaural

WMA tagTitle, artist name,album name

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the (.wma)file extension as a WMA file. Do notuse the WMA file extension for filesother than WMA files. It may causenoise or a malfunction.

l In a WMA file, the track name, artistname and album name are recordedwith data called “WMA-Tag”, and theinformation can be displayed.

l WMA files which do not comply withthe specific standard may not be playedcorrectly or its file and folder namemay not be displayed correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.wma” to the end of the file name, andthen write the disc.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (242,1)

MEMO

6-24


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (243,1)

Audio Set

CD player

In-Dash CD Changer

Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-26Clock ...................................................................................................................... page 6-30Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-32Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-34Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-46Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-50Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-54Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-55

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-25


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (244,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Audio control dialPower/Volume dial

Power ON/OFF

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

6-26

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (245,1)

Standard audio-equipped model

*

*

Bose Sound System-equipped model

*

*

* Depending on the mode selected, theindication changes.

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:

Standard audio-equipped model

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

12Hr(Flashing)

24Hr(Flashing)

Bose® Sound System-equipped model

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

OFF ON

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble


front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

12Hr(Flashing)

24Hr(Flashing)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-27


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (246,1)

NOTEAbout 5 seconds after selecting any mode, thevolume function will be automatically selected.To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, pressthe audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unitwill beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control is a featurethat automatically adjusts audio volumeand sound quality according to the vehiclespeed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

Select the desired ALC mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1―7 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

*AudioPilot® 2 (Bose® Sound System-equipped model)

AudioPilot® 2 automatically adjusts audiovolume and sound quality in accordancewith the level of noise entering the vehicleinterior while driving. When AudioPilot®

2 is turned on, the system automaticallycalculates the conditions for optimumhearing of sound which may be difficultto hear depending on exterior noise.

6-28

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (247,1)

The system is also equipped to optimallyadjust the acoustic characteristicsautomatically while the roof is open orclosed. The acoustic adjustment occurswith the lock/unlock operation of the toplatch on the roof, and while theadjustment is being done, the audio ismuted for about 1.5 sec, and then fades in.* AudioPilot® 2 is a registered trademark

of Bose Corporation.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

Time adjustment

Rotating the audio control dial switchesthe display between 12 and 24-hour clocktime (page 6-30).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (248,1)

qClock

Display

Minute set button

Hour set button

Clock button Audio control dial

Setting the time

The clock can be set at any time when theignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

1. To adjust the time, press the clockbutton ( ) for about 2 secondsuntil a beep is heard.The clock's current time will flash.

2. To advance the hours, press the hourset button ( ). To advance theminutes, press the minute set button( ) while the time is flashing.

3. Press the clock button ( ) againto start the clock.

NOTEl When the clock button ( ) is

released, the seconds are reset to “00”.l If the power supply to the unit is interrupted

(if the fuse blows or the vehicle's battery isdisconnected), the clock will need to bereset.

6-30

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (249,1)

MEMO

6-31


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (250,1)

qOperating the Radio

Band selector button

Seek tuning buttonsScan button

Display

Auto memory button Channel preset buttonsChannel preset buttons

Manual tuning dial

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Successively pressing the band selectorbutton ( ) switches the bands asfollows: FM1→FM2→AM.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will go out.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be erased.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-32

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (251,1)

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the button,the frequency will continue changing withoutstopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be erased.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ) for about 2 seconds until a beepsound is heard; the system willautomatically scan and temporarily storeup to 6 stations with the strongestfrequencies in each selected band in thatarea.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press and release the auto memory button( ) to recall stations from the auto-stored stations. One stored station will beselected each time; its frequency andchannel number will be displayed.

NOTEIf no stations can be tuned after scanningoperations, “A” will be displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (252,1)

qOperating the Satellite Radioí

Band selector button

Seek tuning buttonsScan button

Instant replay button Display

Text buttonCategory buttons

Electronic serial number button Channel preset buttonsChannel preset buttons Satellite button

Manual tuning dial

Information display

All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display.

Channel number, Channel name, Category name, Artist name, Song title, ID code, Preset channel number, Bank number, Error signs

6-34

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (253,1)

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class B digitaldevice, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and if not installed andused in accordance with the instructions, maycause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will not occur in aparticular installation. If this equipment doescause harmful interference to radio ortelevision reception, which can be determinedby turning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the interferenceby one or more of the following measures:- Increase the separation between theequipment and tuner.- Connect the equipment into an outlet on acircuit different from that to which the tuner isconnected.- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

What is satellite radio?

With over 130 channels, SIRIUS SatelliteRadio brings you more of what you love.Get 69 channels of 100 % commercial-free music, plus all your favorite sports,news, talk and entertainment. Everythingworth listening to is now on SIRIUS.100 % Commercial-free Music―Withmusic from every genre, artist-dedicatedchannels, live performances and more,SIRIUS is the home of 100 %commercial-free music.Live Sports Play-by-Play & ExpertTalk―Hear every NFL game, everyNASCAR® race and college sportscoverage from over 150 schools. Plus24/7 sports talk with channels likeSIRIUS NFL Radio, SIRIUS NASCARRadio and more.Exclusive Entertainment andTalk―The biggest names, compellingtalk, hilarious comedy. Hear HowardStern, Martha Stewart, Jamie Foxx, BlueCollar Comedy, Playboy Radio, politicaltalk and more.World-class News―Stay informed withFOX, CNN, CNBC, NPR®, BBC andmore.Plus local traffic and weather.Family & Kids―Entertain the entirefamily with Radio Disney, Kids PlaceLive, Laugh USA and more.

Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! Formore information, visit www.sirius.com.Satellite radio can be subscribed to andreceived in the United States. (ExceptAlaska and Hawaii) and Canada.

How to Activate Satellite Radio

You must call SIRIUS to activate yourservice. Activation is free and takes only afew minutes.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (254,1)

SIRIUS service uses an ID code toidentify your radio. This code is needed toactivate SIRIUS service, and report anyproblems.

To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner, call aSIRIUS customer service specialist at 1-888-539-7474 or you can visit SIRIUSonline at www.sirius.com.

Please have the following informationready:l SIRIUS ID (12-digit electronic serialno., or ESN*)

l Valid credit card information (may notbe required at initial sign-up)

Be sure you are parked outside with aclear view of open sky, you will beinstructed to turn on your radio (in SATmode and tuned to channel 184).Activation typically takes only 2―5minutes.*ESN: Electronic Serial Number

SIRIUS operation

All operations of the satellite radio areconducted by means of the audio unit.

SIRIUS radio mode selection

When the satellite button is pressed duringACC ON, it will play the last SIRIUSchannel in use before the mode wasswitched over to another mode or thepower was turned off.When the satellite button is pressed in amode other than the SIRIUS mode, thelast channel in use will be received.

Every time the satellite button is pressed,the bank changes in the order shownbelow.

SR2SR1 SR3

NOTESR1, SR2 and SR3: six stations can be storedin each bank for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Operation in the initial state

It may take some time to start up theequipment when it is in the initial state,when there is a change in the user'ssubscription condition, or when theSIRIUS channel map is changed.“UPDATING xx%” is displayed when theSIRIUS channel map is changed. If theunit is initialized or the user contractcontent is changed, “UPDATING” isdisplayed. Updating could take as long asthree minutes depending on thegeographical area. When the unit is in aninitialized state, channel 184 is displayedafter the display indicates“UPDATING 100%”. If the SIRIUSchannel map or the user contract contentis changed, the channel prior to thechange is displayed after “UPDATING” isdisplayed. After the initialization display,it may take as long as 12 seconds toreceive channel 184.

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (255,1)

NOTEDo not perform the following operation while“UPDATING” is displayed. Otherwise, theupdating procedure will be cancelled.l Turning off the audio powerl Switching to other modesl Turning the ignition off

When the SIRIUS mode is switched toanother mode, or when the power isturned off, the present channel which isbeing received is stored as the lastchannel.

Channel selection

Turning the manual tuning dial allows youto select the desired receiving channel.l Turn the knob clockwise: Channel Upl Turn the knob counterclockwise:Channel Down

Unsubscribed channel

When a selected station has not beensubscribed to, the display indicates thefollowing:[CALL 888] and [539 SIRI](Flashes alternately)

NOTEWhen the subscription contract is canceled, allof the channels including channel 184 appearas unsubscribed.

Invalid channel

When a selected channel is notbroadcasting, [SR (bank number)INVALID] is displayed for one second,followed by [SR (bank number)CHANNEL], which is also displayed forone second. The display then returns tothe previous valid channel.

NOTEIf the last channel selected has becomeunavailable because of a channel update theabove indication is displayed until any buttonis pressed.

Preset channel programming

(Programming with “channel number”display)

1. Select the desired channel to beprogrammed. At this point, thefollowing is displayed:[SR (bank number) (channelnumber)]

2. Keep pressing the channel presetbutton for 1.5 seconds or more.The programming process is completeafter the channel number flashes. Then,[SR (bank number)] is displayedand a beep sound is heard at the sametime.

3. [SR (bank number) CH(preset number) (channel number)]are displayed.

(Programming with “text” display (e.g.channel name))

1. Select the desired channel to beprogrammed. At this point, thefollowing is displayed:[SR (bank number) (selectedtext (e.g. channel name))]

2. Keep pressing the channel presetbutton for 1.5 seconds or more.The programming process is completeafter the text (e.g. channel name)flashes. Then, [SR (bank number)]is displayed and you will hear beepsound at the same time.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (256,1)

3. SR (bank number) CH(preset number) (channel number)]are displayed.

4. Three seconds later, it returns to normaldisplay. [SR (bank number) (text(e.g. channel name))]

NOTESix stations can be stored in each bank, SR1,SR2, and SR3 for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Preset channel call-up

Press and release the channel presetbutton,[SR (bank number) CH (presetnumber) (channel number)] appears.When the preset button is pressed duringtext mode, its channel number isdisplayed first for three second and thenits text is displayed.

NOTEIn the initial setting, all channels are preset to184.

Category change

Press the category button (UP or DOWN)and select the desired category.l Press the category button (UP):Category up

l Press the category button (DOWN):Category down

Every time the category (UP) button ispressed for 1.5 second or less, thecategory is changed over in the ordershown below.At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)channel within the category indicated isreceived.When the highest (or lowest) category isreached, the category is changed over inthe order shown below.

Highest category→ All categories →Lowest category

NOTEWhile all categories are selected, all channelscovering a category can be accessed(Category off condition).

Channel selection within a category

If you are in a selected category and thechannel number is displayed, turning themanual tuning dial moves the channelnumber up/down in that category.l Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise:Channel Up

l Turn the manual tuning dialcounterclockwise: Channel Down

NOTEThe channel number needs to be indicated inthe display to use manual tuning dial for thisfunction.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample stations. Scanningstops at each station for about fiveseconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

NOTEl Unsubscribed channels, invalid channels

and parental lock channels are not subjectto the scan, therefore these channels willskip automatically.

l You can scan all channels while allcategories are selected. If you are in aselected category, you can only scan thechannels in that category.

6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (257,1)

Channel number, channel name,category, artist, song titles and infodisplay

Each time the text button is pressedduring SIRIUS reception, the display ofthe text data is changed over in the ordershown below.

Channel number Channel name

Category name

Artist name

Info

Song title

NOTEl Ten characters are displayed on one screen.l To display the rest of the characters of a

long title, press and hold the text button( ). The display scrolls the next tencharacters. Press and hold the text button( ) again after the last tencharacters have been displayed to return tothe beginning of the title.

(Channel number display)l When the text button is pressed whilein info display mode, the modechanges to the channel number displaymode.

(Channel name display)l When the text button is pressed whilein channel number display mode, itchanges to channel name displaymode.

l There are short (eight fixed characters)and long names for the channel name.

l The long name is displayed first, andthree seconds later the short name isdisplayed. If there is no short name, thelong name is displayed.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe channel name, press and hold thetext button ( ). The displayscrolls the next ten characters. Pressand hold the text button ( ) againafter the last ten characters have beendisplayed to return to the beginning ofthe title.

l Press and hold the text button while theshort name is displayed to switch thedisplay to the long name.

l Three seconds after scrolling the longname, the display automatically returnsto the first part of the long name. Threemore seconds and the short nameappears.

l If there is no channel name,“NO TITLE” is displayed.

(Category name display)l When the text button is pressed whilein channel name display mode, itchanges to the category name displaymode.

l There are short (eight fixed characters)and long names for the category name.

l The long name is displayed first, andthree seconds later the short name isdisplayed. If there is no short name, thelong name is displayed.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe category name, press and hold thetext button ( ). The displayscrolls the next ten characters. Pressand hold the text button ( ) againafter the last ten characters have beendisplayed to return to the beginning ofthe title.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (258,1)

l Press and hold the text button while theshort name is displayed to switch thedisplay to the long name.

l Three seconds after scrolling the longname, the display automatically returnsto display the first part of the longname. Three more seconds and theshort name appears.

l If there is no category name,“NO CATEGORY” is displayed.

(Artist name display)l When the text button is pressed whilein category name display mode, itchanges to the artist name displaymode.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe artist's name, press and hold thetext button ( ). The displayscrolls the next ten characters. Pressand hold the text button ( ) againafter the last ten characters have beendisplayed to return to the beginning ofthe title.

l Three seconds after scrolling the artistname, the display automatically returnto display the first part of the artist'sname.

l If there is no artist's name,“NO ARTIST” is displayed.

(Song title display)l When the text button is pressed whilein artist name display mode, it changesto the song title display mode.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe song title, press and hold the textbutton ( ). The display scrolls thenext ten characters. Press and hold thetext button ( ) again after the lastten characters have been displayed toreturn to the beginning of the title.

l Three more seconds after scrolling thesong title, the display automaticallyreturns to display the first part of thesong title.

l If there is no song title, “NO SONG” isdisplayed.

(INFO (such as composer's name)display)l When the text button is pressed whilein song title display mode, it changes tothe INFO display mode.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe composer's name, press and holdthe text button ( ). The displayscrolls the next ten characters. Pressand hold the text button ( ) againafter the last ten characters have beendisplayed to return to the beginning ofthe title.

l Three seconds after scrolling the text,the display automatically returns todisplay the first part of the text.

l If there is no composer name,“NO INFO” is displayed.

Instant replay

This function allows you to rewind andreplay the program that you werepreviously or are currently listening to.Press the instant replay button ( ).When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed (about 1.5 seconds), playbackstarts from the beginning of the currentprogram.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed twice, playback starts from thebeginning of the previous program.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed for about 1.5 seconds or longer,the program is reversed while the buttonis being pressed.

6-40

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (259,1)

When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed (about 1.5 seconds), playbackstarts from the beginning of the nextprogram. When the seek tuning button( ) is pressed (about 1.5 seconds) whilethe last program is being played, theinstant replay mode is cancelled.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed for 1.5 seconds or longer, theprogram is fast-forwarded while thebutton is being pressed. When pressingand holding the button until the end of theprogram, the instant replay mode iscancelled.When the instant replay button is pressedagain, playback is paused, or playbackstarts if it has been paused.Instant replay (PAUSE)If the instant replay button is pressedwhile the instant replay mode is off,instant replay mode is turned on in apaused condition (PAUSE). Press theinstant replay button again to resumeplayback from the point at which it waspaused.

NOTEl If the channel is changed, the instant replay

buffer data is deleted.l After turning on the power and switching to

SIRIUS digital satellite radio mode, theinstant replay mode is not available forseveral seconds after changing channels.

Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)

When the ESN button is pressed for 1.5seconds or longer, a 12-digit ElectronicSerial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUStuner is displayed.

(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tunerdoes not display)If “ESN FAIL” is displayed afterpressing the ESN button for 1.5 secondsor longer, contact an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Initialization of ID code

If the registered ID code is forgotten,return the ID code to the default [0000] byperforming the following steps:Setting condition: SAT mode

(Master code input preparation)

1. Press and hold the scan button, thenpress channel preset button 4. Holdboth buttons together for 1.5 seconds.

2. “ENTER PIN” appears for threeseconds which indicates that it is incode input mode.

3. “SR1 - - - -” appears, which indicatesthat it is ready for code input.

(Master code input)

4. Input the master code using the channelpreset buttons 1-4.(The master code is already set at thetime of factory shipment.)

(Master code input determination)

5. Determine the master code which hasbeen input by pressing the scan button.

6. “PIN CLEARED” appears whichindicates that the master code input hasbeen completed.

7. The ID code is set to the default [0000]and the initialization process iscompleted.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-41


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (260,1)

NOTEMaster code:The Master Code is used to initialize or re-initialize the ID code in the event that the codeis not set to [0000] and/or the personalized IDcode is not known. The initialization processresets the ID code to [0000]. The master codecan potentially defeat the intent of the securityof the parental lock if it is located by personsnot authorized by the owner to access certainchannels.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]

NOTEl When a numeric value other than the

master code is input and the scan button ispressed, “SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to the “SR1 - - - -” display again.

l If an ID code is not input for ten seconds,“Err” is displayed and it returns to theformer display.

l Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and thescan button are used for inputting the IDcode. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used.

Change of ID code

Setting condition: SAT modeWhen changing the ID code, the new IDcode is input after the previous one isinput first.

(Registered ID code input)




4. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4.Example: When the registered ID codeis “2323”, input “2323”. At this time“SR1 2323” is displayed.Press 1 for the first digit, 2 for thesecond, 3 for the third, and 4 for thelast digit. For example, if your numberis 2323, press 1 three times (includes0), 2 four times, 3 three times, and 4four times. If the display goes off whileinputting, begin from Step 1.

NOTEThe registered ID code is the default [0000] atthe time of factory shipment. If [0000] resultsin “Err” on the display, go to the“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section toreset to [0000].

(Verification with the registered IDcode)

5. Determine the input code by pressingthe scan button.

6. If it does not match with the previouslyregistered code, “SR1 Err” is displayedand then it returns to “SR1 - - - -”.

7. If it matches with the previouslyregistered code, “ENTER PIN” appearsagain and it switches to code inputmode.

8. “SR1 - - - -” appears, and it is ready forinput of the new ID code.

(New ID code input)

9. Input the new ID code using channelpreset buttons 1-4.Example: If “1234” is input as the newcode, “SR1 1234” is displayed.

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (261,1)

(New ID code input determination)

10. Determine the new ID code whichhas been input by pressing the scanbutton.

11. “PIN CHANGED” appears for threeseconds which indicates that the newID code input has been completed.

12. It returns to the former display.

NOTEl If an ID code is not input for ten seconds,

“Err” is displayed and it returns to theformer display.

l Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and thescan button are used for input of the IDcode. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used.

Individual channel locking

If a channel is locked, the channel ismuted.

NOTEIf the registered ID code is forgotten, returnthe ID code to the default [0000]. (See“INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section)

(Locking a channel)

1. Select a channel to be locked byturning the manual tuning dial.Example: Select channel 100

(Registered ID code input preparation)



4. “SR1 - - - -” appears which indicatesthat it is ready for code input.


5. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Example: Ifthe registered ID code is “2323”, input“2323”. At this time “SR1 2323” isdisplayed.

(Registered ID code inputdetermination)

6. Determine the code which has beeninput by pressing the scan button.

7. If it does not match the registered code,“SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to “SR1 - - - -”.

8. If it matches the registered code,“SR1 LOCK” appears for threeseconds which indicates that the codeinput has been completed.

9. “SR1 LOCK 100” appears whichindicates that the parental lock isactivated. At this time, mute is on andno sound is heard.




Lock cancellation

Setting condition: SAT mode

(Releasing a locked channel)

1. Select a channel to be released byturning the manual tuning dial.Example: Select the locked channel(i.e. 100). At this time,“SR1 LOCK 100” is displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-43


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (262,1)

(Registered ID code input preparation)





5. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Example:When the registered ID code is “2323”,input “2323”. At this time “SR1 2323”is displayed.

NOTEIf “Err” is displayed, go to the“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section toreset the ID code to [0000].

(Registered ID code inputdetermination)

6. Determine the input code by pressingthe scan button.

7. If it does not match the registered code,“SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to “SR1 - - - -”.

8. If it matches the registered code,“SR1 UNLOCK” appears for threeseconds which indicates that the codeinput has been completed.

9. “SR1 100” appears which indicates thatthe parental lock is off. At this time,sound is heard.




6-44

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (263,1)

MEMO

6-45


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (264,1)

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player

CD play button

Display Repeat button

CD eject button

Play/Pause button

Random button

Folder up button

CD slot

Load buttonFolder down buttonScan button Text button

Track up/Fast-forward buttonTrack down/Reverse button

Type Playable data

Music/MP3/WMA CDplayer

· Music data (CD-DA)· MP3/WMA file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3/WMA files, playback of the two or threefile types differs depending on how the discwas recorded.

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play.

NOTEThere will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

NOTEWhen the load button ( ) is pressed, theCD will load and play even if the CD ejectbutton ( ) had been previously pressed.

Pause

To stop playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.

6-46

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (265,1)

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Folder search (during MP3/WMA CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ), or press thefolder up button ( ) to advance to thenext folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback

During music CD playback

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.

During MP3/WMA CD playback

(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. After “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed, “RPT” is displayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.After “FOLDER RPT” is displayed,“F-RPT” is displayed.


Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks on the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. After “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed, “RDM” is displayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-47


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (266,1)

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly. After“DISC RDM” is displayed, “D-RDM”is displayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name or other namethat have been input, the display changesin the order of the file names or othernames each time the text button ( )is pressed during playback.Music CD

Track name*

Album name*

Artist name*

Track number/Elapsed time

*Depending on the CD, this information may not be available.

MP3/WMA CD

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

Folder number/File number

File number/Elapsed time

NOTE(MP3/WMA CD)This unit can only read English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters. Depending onthe CD writing software used, proper displaymay not be possible.

Display scroll

Only 13 characters can be displayed atone time. To display the rest of thecharacters of a long title, press and holdthe text button ( ). The displayscrolls the next 13 characters. Press andhold the text button ( ) again afterthe last 13 characters have been displayedto return to the beginning of the title.

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

6-48

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (267,1)

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-49


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (268,1)

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

Disc up/Folder up button

Track down/Reverse button

Channel preset buttons

Text buttonScan button

Random buttonDisc down/Folder down buttonTrack up/Fast-forward button

Play/Pause button

Load button

CD slot

Channel preset buttons

Display

CD play button

CD eject button

Repeat button

Type Playable data

Music/MP3/WMA CDplayer

· Music data (CD-DA)· MP3/WMA file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3/WMA files, playback of the two or threefile types differs depending on how the discwas recorded.

Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play.

NOTEThe CD will begin playback automaticallyafter insertion.A CD cannot be inserted while the displayreads “WAIT”. A beeping sound can be heardduring this waiting time.There will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Normal insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.

6-50

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (269,1)

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired tray number while “WAIT” isdisplayed.


NOTEThe CD cannot be inserted to the desired traynumber if the number is already occupied.

Multiple insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.


3. When “IN” is displayed again, insertthe next CD.

NOTEThe first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds

after “IN” is displayed.l The CD trays are full.

Ejecting the CD

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ). Thedisc number and “DISC OUT” will bedisplayed.

2. Pull out the CD.

NOTEWhen the CD is ejected during play, the nextCD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired CD number for less than 5seconds after the beep sound is heard.

3. Pull out the CD.

Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Pull out the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

NOTEl CDs will be ejected starting with the one

with the lowest number.l All CDs in the tray will be ejected

continuously.l CDs can be ejected when the ignition

switch is off. Press and hold the CD ejectbutton ( ) for about 2 seconds and allCDs will eject.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

Pause

To stop playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-51


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (270,1)

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Disc search


To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) during playback.


To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) for 1.5 seconds or moreduring playback.

Folder search (during MP3/WMA CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ) for less than 1.5seconds, or press the folder up button( ) for less than 1.5 seconds to advanceto the next folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback


1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.



(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. After “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed, “RPT” is displayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.After “FOLDER RPT” is displayed,“F-RPT” is displayed.


Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.


6-52

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (271,1)


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. After “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed, “RDM” is displayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly. After“DISC RDM” is displayed, “D-RDM”is displayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name or other namethat have been input, the display changesin the order of the file names or othernames each time the text button ( )is pressed during playback.Music CD

Disc number/Track number/Elapsed time

Track name*

Album name*

Artist name*

*Depending on the CD, this information may not be available.

MP3/WMA CD

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

Disc number/File number/Elapsed time

Disc number/Folder number/File number

NOTE(MP3/WMA CD)This unit can only read English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters. Depending onthe CD writing software used, proper displaymay not be possible.

Display scroll

Only 13 characters can be displayed atone time. To display the rest of thecharacters of a long title, press and holdthe text button ( ). The displayscrolls the next 13 characters. Press andhold the text button ( ) again afterthe last 13 characters have been displayedto return to the beginning of the title.

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-53


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (272,1)

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack

You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers, refer toAuxiliary Input (page 6-58).

6-54

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (273,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

ACQUIRING

Depending on thesurrounding conditions(such as large trees, build-ings, or tunnels) and specialweather conditions,SIRIUS radio receptionmay be diminished ortemporarily interrupted.

Improve reception by moving away from possibleobstructions. If the error indication continues to display,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

ANTENNA FAILSatellite radio antennamalfunction

Check the satellite radio antenna, antenna cable andDLP antenna connector. If the error indication continuesto display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indication continuesto display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationcontinues to display, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

NOTEIf a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a new unit, cancel the license for the broken unit and makesure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit. If the license for the broken unit is notcanceled, you will be charged a reception fee for both units.

* DLP: Down Link Processor (SATELLITE RADIO Module)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-55


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (274,1)

Audio Control SwitchOperationí

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.

NOTEBecause the audio unit will be turned off underthe following conditions, the switches will beinoperable.l When the ignition switch is turned to the

LOCK position.l When the power button on the audio unit is

pressed and the audio unit is turned off.l When the CD being played is ejected and

the audio unit is turned off.

Without Bluetooth Hands-Free

With Bluetooth Hands-Free

Voice recognition/hands-free switch

NOTEl The voice recognition/hands-free switch is

operable with the audio unit turned off.l Mazda has installed this system to prevent

distraction while driving the vehicle andusing audio controls on the dashboard.Always make safe driving your first priority.

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, press up thevolume switch.

To decrease the volume, press down thevolume switch.

6-56

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (275,1)

qChanging the Source

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio → FM2radio → AM radio → CD player or CDchanger → SIRIUS1 → SIRIUS2 →SIRIUS3 → AUX → cyclical).

NOTECD, CD changer, and SIRIUS digital satelliteradio modes cannot be selected in thefollowing cases:· SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit is notequipped on the audio system.

· CD has not been inserted.· With the SIRIUS digital satellite radio, themode which was selected last is displayed.

Connect a portable audio unit or similarproduct on the market to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers. Change the audio source to AUXmode (page 6-58).

qSeek Switch

When listening to the radio or SIRIUSdigital satellite radio

Press the seek switch up or down. Theradio switches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1―6).

(Radio)

Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to seek all usable stationsat a higher or lower frequency whetherprogrammed or not.

(SIRIUS digital satellite radio)

Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to seek all usable stationsat a higher or lower channel whetherprogrammed or not.

When playing a CD

Press the seek switch up to skip to thenext track.Press the seek switch down to repeat thecurrent track.Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to continuously switch thetracks up or down.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-57


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (276,1)

qMute Switchí

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

NOTEIf the ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition with the audio muted, the mute will becanceled.Therefore, when the engine is restarted, theaudio is not muted. To mute the audio again,press the mute switch ( ).

AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers.

Auxiliary jack

WARNINGDo not adjust the portable audio unitor a similar product while driving thevehicle:

Adjusting the portable audio unit ora similar product while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theportable audio unit or a similarproduct while the vehicle is stopped.

Do not allow the connection plug cordto get tangled with the parking brakeor the shift lever:

Allowing the plug cord to becometangled with the parking brake orthe shift lever is dangerous as itcould interfere with driving, resultingin an accident.

6-58

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (277,1)

CAUTIONNoise may occur during playback ifthe accessory socket equipped on thevehicle is used. (If noise occurs, donot use the accessory socket.)

NOTEl Before using the auxiliary jack, read the

manufacturer's instructions for the productbeing connected.

l Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug forconnecting the portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliaryjack, read the manufacture's instructionsfor connecting a portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.

l To prevent discharging of the battery, donot use the auxiliary input for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

l Noise may occur depending on the productconnected to the auxiliary jack.

l With regard to connecting a portable audioor similar device to a power source, use thebattery for the device, not the accessorysocket.

l Insert the plug to the auxiliary jacksecurely.

l Insert or remove the plug with the plugperpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.

l Insert or remove the plug by holding itsbase.

To listen to a portable audio unit

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

2. Insert the connection plug into theauxiliary jack.

3. Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.

4. Press the AUX button ( ) of theaudio unit or the mode switch ( )of the audio control switches on thesteering wheel to change to the AUXmode.

Audio Unit Audio Control Switches

NOTEl Set the volume of the portable audio unit to

the maximum within the range that thesound does not become distorted, thenadjust the volume using the power/volumedial of the audio unit or the volume switch( , ) of the audio control switch.

l Use your portable audio unit for operationsother than volume adjustment.

l If the connection plug is pulled out from theauxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noisemay occur.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-59


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (278,1)

Safety CertificationThis CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCCrequirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services.

CAUTIONØ This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified

service personnel.If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than thosespecified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CDplayer with the top case of the unit removed.

Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTEFor CD player section:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation.

6-60

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (279,1)

Bluetooth Hands-Freeí

qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?

Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline

By connecting a Bluetooth equippedmobile telephone to the hands-free unitequipped on the vehicle, making andreceiving calls are possible using thevoice recognition/hands-free switchlocated on the steering wheel, and sayingthe voice commands.

WARNINGPerform phonebook registration relatedoperations while the vehicle is parked:

Performing phonebook registrationwhile driving the vehicle could be adistraction to your driving and resultin an unexpected accident. Inaddition, a mistake in performing thephonebook operation could result inthe loss of important data.

Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone

A Bluetooth equipped mobile telephonecommunicates with the hands-free unitequipped on the vehicle using radiotransmission (Bluetooth).For example, if the mobile telephone isplaced in a coat pocket, the phone callscan be made through your mobile servicewithout taking out and handling themobile telephone.

CAUTIONThe types of mobile phones whichcan be connected to the hands-freeunit are limited, so before purchasingor changing your mobile phonemodel, consult Mazda BluetoothHands-Free Customer Service or visitwww.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for acomplete list of compatible phones.Mobile phones which can beconnected to the hands-free systemneed to be compliant with Bluetoothspecifications and the appropriateprofile, however, even among theseBluetooth phones are some whichwill not connect with your Mazda orwill have limited function. Therefore,consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands-FreeCustomer Service for informationregarding mobile phonecompatibility:Phone: 800-430-0153Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Applicable Bluetooth specificationVer. 1.1 or higherResponse profilel HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)Ver. 1.1

Bluetooth is the registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG. Inc.

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free

6-61íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (280,1)

NOTEl The Bluetooth Hands-Free system is

operable several seconds after turning theignition switch to the ACC or ON position(requires less than 15 seconds).

l If the ignition switch is turned off during ahands-free call, the line is transferred to themobile telephone automatically.

l If the mobile telephone is in a locationwhere radio reception is difficult such as ametal container or in the trunk, the call maynot be connected using Bluetooth. Ifcommunication is not possible, change thelocation of the mobile telephone.

qComponent parts

Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of thefollowing items:l Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switchl Information displayl Microphonel Audio unit

Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switch

Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Freecan be used for such things as makingcalls or hanging up using the voicerecognition/hands-free switch on thesteering wheel.

Voice recognition/hands-free switch

Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switchoperations

A short press or a long press of the voicerecognition/hands-free switch is used tooperate the system as follows:l Short press (Press the button less than0.7 sec.)

l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. ormore.)

Information display

When available, the information displayshows telephone numbers, BluetoothHands-Free messages, and operationstatus.

Bluetooth phone connected

Microphone

The microphone is used for speakingvoice commands or exchangingconversation.

Microphone

6-62

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (281,1)

Audio unit

The audio unit is used for adjusting thevolume.

qVoice

To prevent the deterioration in voicerecognition rate and voice quality, thefollowing points must be observed:l It is not necessary to face themicrophone or approach it. Speak thevoice commands while maintaining asafe driving position.

l Close the windows and/or themoonroof to reduce loud noises fromoutside the vehicle, or turn down theairflow of the climate control systemwhile Bluetooth Hands-Free is beingused. Voice recognition may notfunction correctly or voice quality maydeteriorate under the followingconditions.l A passenger is speaking.l Driving with the window and/or the

moonroof open.l Driving on bumpy roads.l Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.

(Construction sites, inside tunnels,excess oncoming traffic, or heavyrain.)

l Operation noise from turn signals,wipers, or the horn is heard.

l A/C airflow is strong or wind isblowing on the microphone.

l There is noise coming from cargoloaded in the vehicle.

l Voice commands may not berecognized depending on the voice. Ifthe voice commands are not recognizedcorrectly, repeat the commands in alouder voice, at a natural pace, as ifspeaking to another person.

l Dialects or different wording other thanhands-free prompts cannot berecognized by voice recognition. Speakin the wording specified by the voicecommands.

NOTEIf the voice recognition performance is notsatisfactory, refer to “Voice RecognitionLearning Function (Speaker Enrollment)”(page 6-76).

Please be aware that the voice recognitionmay error despite following the abovepoints.

qFunction restrictions while usingBluetooth Hands-Free

Some functions are limited whileBluetooth Hands-Free is being used. Theyinclude:l Beep sound and voice guidance relatedto the audio unit are not heard.

l Beep sound related to the A/Coperation is not heard.

qHow to use this section

Descriptions in the text are as follows:Say: Voice commands to be spoken byyou.Prompt: Voice guidance output from thespeaker.

NOTESay voice commands after the beep sound[Beep] is heard.

Example)Say: [Beep] “Dial”Prompt: “Number, please”Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

Interior Comfort


6-63


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (282,1)

Bluetooth Hands-Free ActivationMethod

1. Program the mobile telephone (Pairing)Refer to Bluetooth Hands-Freepreparation on page 6-64.

2. Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

The hands-free system is activated.Functions of the hands-free telephone,such as making and receiving calls, can beused after the activation. (For details onthe telephone functions, refer to “BasicBluetooth Hands-Free Operation” or“Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem”.)

Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation

qBluetooth Hands-Free preparation

Language setting

The available languages are English,Spanish, and Canadian French. If thelanguage setting is changed, all of thevoice guidance and voice inputcommands are done in the selectedlanguage.

NOTEl If the language setting is changed, phone

registration is maintained.Phonebook records are not cleared, buteach language has a separate phonebook.Therefore, entries created in one languagewill need to be re-entered in the phonebookof the new language.

l Do these steps before you start driving.These less used functions are toodistracting to undertake while driving untilyou are fully familiar with the system.

Method 1


2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode, orsay “cancel” to return to the mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Language”

5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,French, or Spanish.”

6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak thedesired language: “English”, “French”or “Spanish”)

6-64

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (283,1)

NOTEOther language settings can also be madewhile in the current setting by saying the nameof the language in the native pronunciation.

7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected. Is this correct?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

9. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected, returning to main menu”(Spoken in the newly selectedlanguage).

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desiredlanguage: “English”, “French”, or“Spanish”.)

NOTEOther language settings can also be madewhile in the current setting by saying the nameof the language in the native pronunciation.

3. Prompt: “Would you like to changethe language to French (Desiredlanguage) ?”


5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching toFrench phone book. French selected,returning to main menu” (Spoken inthe newly selected language).

Mobile telephone programming(Pairing)

To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, a mobilephone equipped with Bluetooth has to beprogrammed to the hands-free unit usingthe following procedure.

Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobiletelephones can be programmed to thevehicle.

NOTEl A mobile telephone can be programmed

only when the vehicle is parked. If thevehicle starts to move, the pairingprocedure will end. Programming isdangerous while driving - pair up yourdevice before you start driving. Park thecar in a safe place before programming.

l Since the communication range of aBluetooth equipped mobile telephone isabout 10 meters (32 ft), if a mobiletelephone is placed within a 10-meter (32ft) radius of the vehicle, it may be detected/programmed unintentionally while anothertelephone is being programmed.

1. Activate the Bluetooth application ofthe mobile telephone.

NOTEFor the operation of the mobile telephone,refer to its instruction manual.



4. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode, orsay “cancel” to return to the mainmenu.”

5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”

6. Prompt: “Do you want to pair aphone, delete a phone, or list pairedphones?”

7. Say: [Beep] “Pair a phone”

8. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairingcode.”

Interior Comfort


6-65


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (284,1)

9. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Speak anarbitrary 4-digit pairing code. This canbe any combination of 4 numbers.)

NOTEl Some devices accept only a particular

pairing code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).If pairing cannot be completed, refer to theowner's manual of your mobile device, andtry those numbers if necessary.

l Record the code as it will be used toprogram your phone in Step 16.

10. Prompt: “Pairing code XXXX (4-digit number). Is this correct?”

11. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”

12. If “Yes”, go to Step 13.If “No”, the procedure returns to Step8.

13. Prompt: “Start pairing procedure onphone. See phone's manual forinstructions.”

14. Using the mobile telephone, performa search for the Bluetooth device(Peripheral device).

NOTEFor the operation of the mobile telephone,refer to its instruction manual.

15. Select “Mazda” from the device listsearched by the mobile phone.

16. Input the 4-digit pairing code set inStep 9 to the mobile telephone.

17. Prompt: “Please say the name of thephone after the beep.”

18. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a“phone tag”, an arbitrary name for thephone.)Example: “Stan's phone.”

NOTESpeak a programmed “phone tag” within 10seconds.If more than two mobile telephones are to beprogrammed, they cannot be programmed withthe same or similar “phone tag”.

19. Prompt: “Adding XXXXXX - - -(Ex. “Stan's phone”) (Phone tag). Isthis correct?”


21. Prompt: “Assign a priority for thisphone between 1 and 7, where 1 isthe phone used most often.”

22. Say: [Beep] “1” (Speak a number ofthe desired priority from 1 to 7.)

NOTEl Normally, “1” is to be input (Highest

priority).l If more than two mobile telephones are

registered, input the priority order from 1 to7.

23. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex.“Stan's phone”) (Phone tag) set topriority X (Priority number). Is thiscorrect?”


25. Prompt: “Pairing complete”

After a mobile telephone is registered, thesystem automatically identifies the phone.By pressing the voice recognition/hands-free switch again, or by pressing the voicerecognition/hands-free switch first afterturning the ignition switch from theLOCK to the ACC position, the systemreads out a voice guidance, “XXXXXX -- - (Ex. “Stan's phone”) (Phone tag) isconnected”. If two or more telephones areregistered, the one with the highestpriority is selected.

6-66

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (285,1)

NOTEDepending on the device, the registrationstatus may be lost after a certain period oftime. If this occurs, repeat the entire processfrom Step 1.

qMaking a call using a telephonenumber

NOTEPractice this while parked until you areconfident you can do it while driving in a non-taxing road situation. If you are not completelycomfortable, make all calls from a safeparking position, and move out only when fullyunder control and you can devote your eyesand mind to driving.


2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”

3. Prompt: “Number, please”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)is this correct?”

6. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

7. When “Yes” is spoken, the call ismade.When “No” is spoken, the procedurereturns to Step 3.

NOTEThe “Dial” command and a telephone numbercan be combined.Ex. In Step 2, say, “Dial 123-4567”, then,Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qReceiving an incoming call

1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press thephone button to answer”.

2. To accept the call, press the voicerecognition/hands-free switch with ashort press.To reject the call, press the voicerecognition/hands-free switch with along press.

qHanging up a call

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the call with a long press.A beep sound will confirm that call isended.

qVolume adjustment

The power/volume dial of the audio unitis used to adjust the volume. Turn the dialto the right to increase volume, to the leftto decrease it.

NOTEl The volume can also be adjusted using the

volume button on the steering wheel.l The music volume of the audio unit cannot

be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands-Free isbeing used.

Interior Comfort


6-67


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (286,1)

qHelp function use

The help function informs the user of allthe available voice commands under thecurrent conditions.


2. Say: [Beep] “Help”

3. Follow the prompts to receive theappropriate voice guidanceinstructions.

Convenient Use of theHands-Free System

qPhone book usage

Phone book registration

Phone numbers can be registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phone book.

NOTEDo this function only when parked. It is toodistracting to attempt while driving and youmay make too many errors to be effective.


2. Say: [Beep] “Phone book”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:new entry, edit, list names, delete orerase all..., or say “cancel” to return tomain menu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”

5. Prompt: “Name please.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag for the nameregistered.)

7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Registered voicetag). Is this correct?”


9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orPager?”

10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Pager”, for thedesired location to be registered.)

11. Prompt: “Mobile” (Location to beregistered). Is this correct?


6-68

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (287,1)

13. Prompt: “Number, please.”

14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”)” (Say the phonenumber to be registered.)

15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Phone numberregistration). Is this correct? ”


17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to add another number for thisentry?”

18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

19. If “Yes”, an additional phone numberregistration can be made for the sameentry.If “No”, the procedure proceeds toStep 20.

20. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”

Making calls using the phone book

Telephone calls can be made by sayingthe name of a person (voice tag) whosephone number has been registered inBluetooth Hands-Free in advance.For the phone book setting method, referto (page 6-70).


2. Say: [Beep] “Call”

3. Prompt: “Name please.”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phone book.)

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphone book).


7. Prompt: “Dialing”

NOTEThe “Call” command and the voice tag can becombined.Ex. In Step 2, say, “Call John's phone”, then,Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qRedialing function

Redialing the number of the personpreviously dialed using the phone ispossible.


2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”


qEmergency calls

A call can be made to the emergencyphone number (911) using the voice inputcommand.


2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”

3. Prompt: “Calling “911”, is thiscorrect?”



qRefusing an incoming call

For incoming call refusal, refer to“Receiving an incoming call” (page 6-67).

Interior Comfort


6-69


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (288,1)

qMute

The microphone can be muted during acall.


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”

3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”

Canceling mute


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”

3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”

qTransferring a call

Transferring a call from Hands-Free toa mobile phone

Communication between the hands-freeunit and a mobile phone is canceled, andthe line can be switched to a standard callusing a mobile phone.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”

Transferring a call from a mobilephone to Hands-Free

Communication between mobile phonescan be switched to the Bluetooth Hands-Free system.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to HandsFree system”

Call waiting

A call can be interrupted to receive anincoming call from a third party.

Call interrupt

A call can be switched to a new incomingcall.Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

NOTEl To refuse an incoming call, press the voice

recognition/hands-free switch with a longpress.

l After receiving a new incoming call, theprevious call is placed on hold.

Switching calls

Switching back to the previous call canalso be done.Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

Ending the current call

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the call with a long press.

qVoice guidance interrupt operation

Voice guidance can be stopped bypressing the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press while it is beingheard. A new voice input command canthen be spoken by the user.· Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

qPhone book settings

Editing phone book

The data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be edited.

6-70

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (289,1)





4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to edit, or say“List names”..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say the voice tag for theregistered name to be edited in thephone book.)

7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orPager?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say theregistered location to be edited:“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or“Pager”).

9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX(Ex. “Home”) (Registered location). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “The current number isXXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)(Currently registered number). Newnumber, please.”

NOTEIf there was no previous phone numberregistered to a location (Ex. “Work”), theprompt will only read out “Number, please”.

12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “666-1234”)” (Say the newphone number to be registered.)

13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“666-1234”) (The new phone numberto be registered). Is this correct?”


15. Prompt: “Number changed. Wouldyou like to call this number, editanother entry..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

Phone book data deletion

Erasing individual phone book data

Individual data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be cleared.





4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to delete, or say“List names”..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

Interior Comfort


6-71


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (290,1)

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say the registered voice tagto be deleted from the phone book.)

7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)Home (Registered location). Is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) Home(Registered location) deleted, returningto main menu.”

Complete deletion of the phone bookdata

All data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be erased.





4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”

5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want toerase everything from your Hands Freesystem phone book?”


7. Prompt: “You are about to deleteeverything from your Hands Freesystem phone book. Do you want tocontinue?”


9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing theHands Free system phone book.”

10. Prompt: “Hands-Free system phonebook erased, returning to mainmenu.”

Read-out of names registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phone book

The Bluetooth Hands-Free system canread out the list of names registered to itsphone book.




4. Say: [Beep] “List names”

5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary'sphone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidancereads out the voice tags registered tothe phone book.)

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the read-out at the desiredname, and then say one of the followingvoice commands to execute it.l “Continue”: Continues the voiceguidance.

l “Call”: Calls the registered phonenumber.

l “Edit”: Edits the registered phonenumber.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered phonenumber.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousphone number.

l “Cancel”: Returns to main menu.

6-72

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (291,1)

6. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

7. Say: [Beep] “No”


Hands-Free Telephone Setting

qMobile phone

Mobile phone registration

For the registration of a Bluetoothequipped mobile telephone to BluetoothHands-Free, refer to “Bluetooth Hands-Free preparation” (page 6-64).

Registered mobile phone read-out

Bluetooth Hands-Free can read-out themobile phones registered to its system.




3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”



6. Say: [Beep] “List phones”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. Phone A, phone B,phone C)” (The voice guidance readsout the phone tags registered to thehands-free system.)

Interior Comfort


6-73


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (292,1)

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the read-out at the desiredphone, and then say one of the followingvoice commands to execute it.l “Select”: Programmed the mobilephone when the voice recognition/hands-free switch was pressed.

l “Continue”: Continues the voiceguidance.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered mobilephone.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousmobile phone.

8. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

9. Say: [Beep] “No”


Mobile phone selection

This function is for switching to adifferent mobile phone which has beenregistered beforehand. The selectedmobile phone will remain in effect untilthe ignition switch is turned off.




4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”

5. Prompt: “Please say 1 (priority 1) forXXXXX... (Ex. phone A), 2 (priority2) for XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)”

6. Say: [Beep] “2” (Say the prioritynumber for the mobile phone to beused as first priority.)

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)(Registered phone tag) selected, is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)(Phone tag) will temporarily overridephone priorities, returning to mainmenu.”

Registered mobile phone deletion

Registered mobile phones can be deletedindividually or collectively.







NOTEA registered mobile phone can be deletedusing the registration list.

6. Say: [Beep] “Delete phone”

7. Prompt: “Please say 1 (priority 1) forXXXXX... (Ex. phone A), 2 (priority2) for XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)”(The voice guidance reads out eachphone in the order of priority and thephone tag).

6-74

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (293,1)

8. Say: [Beep] “2” (Say the order ofpriority of the mobile phone to bedeleted.)

NOTESay “All” to delete all mobile phones.

9. Prompt: “Removing XXXXX... (Ex.phone B...) (Registered phone tag). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “Deleted”

qSecurity setting

If a passcode is set, the system cannot beactivated unless the passcode is input.


Passcode setting



3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Wouldyou like to enable it?”


7. Prompt:“Please say a 4-digit passcode.Remember this passcode. It will berequired to use this system.”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4-digit passcode, “PCode”.)

9. Prompt:“Passcode XXXX (Passcode,PCode). Is this correct?”


11. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled,returning to main menu.”

Using Bluetooth Hands-Free with apasscode


2. Prompt:“Hands-Free system is locked.State the passcode to continue.”

3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the setpasscode “PCode”.)

4. If the correct passcode is input, voiceguidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Phone tag) is connected” isannounced.If the passcode is incorrect, voiceguidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,Pcode) incorrect passcode, please tryagain” is announced.

Canceling the passcode





Interior Comfort


6-75


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (294,1)

4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled. Wouldyou like to disable it?”


7. Prompt:“Passcode is disabled,returning to main menu.”

Confirmation Prompts

The confirmation prompt confirms thecommand content to the user beforeadvancing to the operation requested bythe user. When this function is turned on,the system reads out the voice inputcommand previously received andconfirms whether the command is correctbefore advancing to the commandexecution.When the confirmation prompt function isturned on:(Ex. “Calling John's phone. Is thiscorrect?”)When the confirmation prompt function isturned off:(Ex. “Calling John's phone.”)

NOTEIf the confirmation prompt function is turnedoff when making an emergency call, the systemreads out and confirms the command beforeexecuting it.



3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”

5. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts areon/off. Would you like to turnconfirmation prompts off/on?”


7. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts areoff/on, returning to main menu.”

qVoice recognition learningfunction (Speaker enrollment)

The voice recognition learning functionenables voice recognition appropriate tothe characteristics of the user's voice.If the recognition of the voice inputcommands to the system is not adequate,this function can largely improve thesystem's voice recognition of the user. Ifyour voice can be recognized sufficientlywithout using this function, you may notrealize the added benefit of the function.To register your voice, the voice inputcommand list must be read out. Read outthe list when the vehicle is parked.Perform the registration in as quiet a placeas possible (page 6-63).The registration must be performedcompletely. The required time is a fewminutes. The user needs to be seated inthe driver's seat with the voice inputcommand list for voice recognitionlearning open to the page indicated below.


2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”

3. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the phonebutton when you are ready to begin.Press and hold the phone button tocancel at any time.”

6-76

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (295,1)


5. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu.”

Voice input command list for voicerecognition learning

When reading out, the following pointsmust be observed:l Read out the numbers one at a timecorrectly and naturally.

(For example, “1234” must be read out“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirtyfour”.)l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” andhyphens “-” are used for separatingnumbers in a phone number.

Ex.“ (888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight,eight, eight, five, five, five, one, two, one,two.”

Phrase Command

1 0123456789

2 (888) 555-1212

3 Call

4 Dial

5 Setup

6 Cancel

7 Continue

8 Help

NOTEAfter user voice registration is completed,voice guidance “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu” isannounced.

qDTMF (dual tone multi-frequency signal) transmission

This function is used when transmittingDTMF via the user's voice. The receiverof a DTMF transmission is generally ahome telephone answering machine or acompany's automated guidance call center(When you send tone signals backaccording to the voice guidancerecording).


2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (SayDTMF code)

3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMFcode)”

Interior Comfort


6-77


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (296,1)

When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used

Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be usedunder the following conditions:l The mobile telephone is outside of thecommunication area.

l The mobile telephone has amalfunction.

l The mobile telephone is not connectedto the hands-free unit equipped on thevehicle.

l The mobile telephone battery is weak.l The mobile telephone is turned off.l The mobile telephone is placed whereradio reception is difficult.

Safety CertificationFCC ID: CB2MBLUEC07 IC:279B-MBLUEC07This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and(2) This device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressively approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

The term “IC: ” before the radiocertification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter. End-users and installers mustbe provided with installation instructionsand transmitter operating conditions forsatisfying RF exposure compliance.

6-78

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (297,1)

Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer Service

For toll-free Bluetooth Hands-Freecustomer service call 800-430-0153 or goto www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth forassistance.

Interior Comfort


6-79


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (298,1)

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front.

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.

Interior Lights

qOverhead Light

SwitchPosition

Overhead Light

Light off

Light is on when any door is open

Light on

qTrunk Light

SwitchPosition

Trunk Light

Light off

Light on when the trunk is open

6-80

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (299,1)

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:

Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

Do not put anything other than cups ordrink cans in cup holders:

Putting objects other than cups ordrink cans in a cup holder isdangerous.During sudden braking ormaneuvering, occupants could be hitand injured, or objects could bethrown around the vehicle, causinginterference with the driver and thepossibility of an accident. Only use acup holder for cups or drink cans.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury inan accident or a sudden stop, keepcup holders closed when not in use.

To open the cup holder lid, press theswitch rearward and slide the lid open.

Switch

Multi-PocketMulti-pockets are on the inside of thedoors.

Multi-pocket

CAUTIONDo not use the multi-pockets forcontainers without caps. Thecontents may spill when the door isopened or closed.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-81


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (300,1)

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:

Driving with the storage boxes openis dangerous. To reduce thepossibility of injury in an accident ora sudden stop, keep the storageboxes closed when driving.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode orthe plastic material in eyeglassescould deform and crack from hightemperature.

qGlove Box

To open the glove box, pull the latchtoward you.Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn itclockwise to lock, counterclockwise tounlock.* Advanced key equipped vehicle

Lock

Unlock

qSeat Side Box

To open, pull the release catch.Insert the key and turn it clockwise tolock, counterclockwise to unlock.

Lock

Unlock

qBack Trim Storage Boxí

Small items can be stored in the back trimstorage box.

To use the back trim storage box

1. To use the desired storage box, slidethe seat in front of it all the wayforward.Refer to Seat Slide on page 2-2.

2. Fold the seatback forward all the waydown.Refer to Seat Recline on page 2-3.

6-82

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (301,1)

3. If your vehicle has a lid, pull the latchto open.

When finished, return the seat to itsoriginal position and secure it. Afterreturning the seat to its original position,make sure the seat is secured byattempting to lightly move it forward andbackward.

CAUTIONDo not store excessive weight in theback trim storage box as it could bedamaged.

qMesh Pocket

Maps or pamphlets can be placed in themesh pocket.

Mesh pocket

CAUTIONDo not place thick objects in themesh pocket as they could damagethe pocket.

Accessory SocketThe ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position.Only use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

CAUTIONTo prevent accessory socket damageor electrical failure, pay attention tothe following:Ø Do not use accessories that require

more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).Ø Do not use accessories that are not

genuine Mazda accessories or theequivalent.

Ø Close the cover when the accessorysocket is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids fromgetting into the accessory socket.

Ø Correctly insert the plug into theaccessory socket.

NOTETo prevent discharging of the battery, do notuse the socket for long periods with the engineoff or idling.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-83


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (302,1)

WindblockerThis windblocker reduces rear wind blastinto the cabin when driving with theconvertible top down.To use the windblocker, lift it upright.

6-84

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (303,1)

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3Flat Tireí .................................................................................. 7-3Tool Storage .............................................................................. 7-5Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire RepairKití .......................................................................................... 7-7Changing a Tire ....................................................................... 7-13

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-18Overheating ............................................................................. 7-18

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-20Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-20Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-21Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-24

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-25Towing Description ................................................................. 7-25Tiedown Hooks ....................................................................... 7-26Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-28

7-1íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (304,1)

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (305,1)

Flat Tireí

Either run-flat tires or conventional tiresare equipped on your Mazda dependingon the specification, therefore theprocedure for repairing a flat tire differsdepending on the type of tire. Beforedriving, make sure which type of tire isequipped on your Mazda. If you cannotidentify your tire type, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qHow to identify your tire type

Run-flat tire

A run-flat tire has a “RFT” mark on theside wall.

Conventional tire

A conventional tire does not have a“RFT” mark on the side wall.

qVehicle with run-flat tires

WARNINGHave the tires checked or perform theappropriate repair as soon as possibleby an Authorized Mazda Dealer:

When the flat tire warning lightilluminates or the tire pressurewarning beep sound is heard, it isdangerous to drive the vehicle at highspeeds, or perform suddenmaneuvering or braking. Vehicledrivability could worsen and result inan accident.When the flat tire warning lightilluminates or the tire pressurewarning beep sound is heard,decrease vehicle speed immediatelyand avoid sudden maneuvering andbraking.

If a run-flat tire is punctured, the FLATTIRE warning light illuminates in theinstrument cluster, and a beep sound isheard for about 30 seconds.

NOTEUntil the flat tire is changed, the beep sound isheard for about 30 seconds every time theignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Vehicles with run-flat tires can be driveneven with a punctured tire under thefollowing conditions.


Flat Tire

7-3íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (306,1)

Maximum vehicle speed with apunctured run-flat tire: 90 km/h (55mph)Maximum driving distance with apunctured rum-flat tire: 80 km (49miles)

CAUTIONThe maximum driving distance maybe shorter depending on the drivingconditions.

If a run-flat tire is punctured, carefullydrive the vehicle to the nearest MazdaDealer and have the tire changed.

NOTEl A spare tire or Instant Mobility System

(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit is notequipped on vehicles with run-flat tires asstandard.

l Replacing a punctured run-flat tire with anew run-flat tire is recommended.

l Do not use run-flat tires and conventionaltires on the same vehicle.

qVehicle with conventional tires

If the following occurs while driving, itcould indicate a flat tire.l Steering becomes difficult.l The vehicle begins to vibrateexcessively.

l The vehicle pulls in one direction. If aconventional tire is punctured, refer to“Tool Storage” (page 7-5) and “InstantMobility System (IMS) EmergencyFlat Tire Repair Kit” (page 7-7).

7-4


Flat Tire


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (307,1)

Tool StorageTools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Power retractable hardtop emergency tool bag

Tool bag

rope

Glove box

Lug wrench

Jack

Jack Lever

eyebolt

hexagonal wrench

Some models.

Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit

Trunk room

Towing/Tiedown eyelet


Flat Tire

7-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (308,1)

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.

2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screwcounterclockwise.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

To secure the jack

1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack withthe jack screw pointing back and turnthe wing bolt clockwise to temporarilytighten it.

2. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

3. Turn the wing bolt completely tosecure the jack.

NOTEIf the jack is not completely secured, it couldrattle while driving. Make sure the jack screwis sufficiently tightened.

7-6


Flat Tire


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (309,1)

Instant Mobility System(IMS) Emergency FlatTire Repair Kití

The IMS emergency flat tire repair kitincluded with your Mazda is for atemporary repair of a slightly damagedflat tire resulting from running over nailsor similar sharp objects on the roadsurface.

NOTEYour vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire.In the event of a flat tire, use the emergencyflat tire repair kit to repair the tire temporarily.When doing the repair, refer to the instructionsincluded in the emergency flat tire repair kit.After temporarily repairing a tire with theemergency flat tire repair kit, take your vehicleto an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the tirereplaced.

qAbout the IMS Emergency FlatTire Repair Kit

The IMS emergency flat tire repair kitincludes the following items.

Tire sealant Injection hose Compressor

Instruction

Repaired tire sticker

Valve core tool

Spare valve core

Speed restriction sticker

Case

WARNINGDo not allow children to touch the tiresealant:

Ingestion of tire sealant is dangerous.In the event tire sealant isaccidentally swallowed, drink largeamounts of water immediately andseek medical assistance.

Do not allow children to touch the tiresealant:

Tire sealant that comes into contactwith the eyes and skin is dangerous.If tire sealant enters the eyes orcontacts the skin, flush immediatelywith large amounts of water andseek medical assistance.


Flat Tire

7-7íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (310,1)

NOTEl The tire sealant cannot be reused. Purchase

new tire sealant at an Authorized MazdaDealer.

l The emergency flat tire repair kit cannot beused in the following cases.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.l The period of effective use for the tire

sealant has expired. (The period ofeffectiveness is indicated on the bottlelabel.)

l The tear or puncture exceeds about4 mm (0.16 in).

l The damage has occurred to an area ofthe tire other than the tread.

l The vehicle has been driven with nearlyno air remaining in the tire.

l The tire has come off the wheel rim.l Damage to the wheel rim has occurred.l The tire has two or more punctures.

qUsing the IMS Emergency FlatTire Repair Kit

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and set the parking brake.


3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Unload passengers and luggage, andremove the emergency flat tire repairkit.

5. Shake the tire sealant well.

CAUTIONIf the bottle is shaken after theinjection hose is screwed on, tiresealant could spray out from theinjection hose. Tire sealantcontacting clothing or other objectsmay be impossible to remove. Shakethe bottle before screwing on theinjection hose.

7-8


Flat Tire


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (311,1)

NOTEThe tire sealant can be used at outsidetemperatures down to _30°C (_22°F).In extremely cold temperatures (0°C (32°F) orbelow), the tire sealant hardens easily andinjection of the sealant will be difficult. Warmthe sealant inside the vehicle before doing theinjection work.

6. Remove the cap from the bottle. Screwon the injection hose with the bottle'sinner cap left on to break the inner cap.

Injection hose

Bottle

7. Remove the valve cap from the flattire. Press the back of a valve core toolto the core of the tire valve and bleedall the remaining air.

Valve core tool

Valve

Valve cap

CAUTIONIf there is air remaining in the tirewhen the valve core is removed, thevalve core could fly out. Remove thevalve core carefully.

8. Turn the valve core counterclockwisewith the valve core tool and remove thevalve core.

Valve Valve core

NOTEStore the valve core in a place where it won'tget dirty.

9. Remove the plug from the injectionhose and insert the injection hose intothe valve.

Plug

Injection hose


Flat Tire

7-9


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (312,1)

10. Hold the bottom of the bottle upright,squeeze the bottle with your hands,and inject the entire amount of tiresealant into the tire.

Valve

NOTEThe tire sealant cannot be reused. Purchase anew tire sealant kit at an Authorized MazdaDealer.

11. Pull out the injection hose from thevalve. Reinsert the valve core into thevalve and turn it clockwise to installit.

12. Attach the sticker that indicatescompletion of the tire repair on a flatouter surface of the repaired tire.

NOTEDo not throw away the empty tire sealantbottle after use. Return the empty tire sealantbottle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer whenreplacing the tire. The empty tire sealant bottlewill need to be used to extract and dispose ofthe used sealant from the tire.

13. Attach the vehicle speed restrictionsticker in a place where the driver caneasily see it.

WARNINGDo not attach the vehicle speedrestriction sticker to the instrumentpanel, as it would obstruct vision ofareas such as warning light indicatorsor the speedometer:

Attaching the vehicle speedrestriction sticker to the steeringwheel pad is dangerous. The stickercould interfere with air bag inflationand cause serious injury.

7-10


Flat Tire


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (313,1)

14. Install the compressor hose to the tirevalve.

Valve Compressor hose

15. Insert the compressor plug into theinterior accessory socket and turn theignition switch to the ACC position(page 6-83).

Compressor plug

Center console

Compressor

CAUTIONØ Before pulling out the compressor

plug from the electrical socket,make sure the compressor powerswitch is off.

Ø The compressor turns on and offwith the push-button switch.

16. Turn the compressor switch on andinflate the tire carefully to the correctinflation pressure.

WARNINGNever operate the compressor above300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi):

Operating the compressor above 300kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi) isdangerous. When the inflationpressure rises above 300 kPa (3.1kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi), heated airwill be exhausted from the back ofthe compressor and you could beburned.

CAUTIONIf the compressor operates slowly orbecomes hot, it indicatesoverheating. Turn the compressor offimmediately and leave it turned offfor 30 minutes or longer.

NOTEl Check the tire inflation pressure label

(driver's door frame) for the correct tireinflation pressure.

l Do not use the compressor for longer than10 minutes because using the compressorfor long periods could damage it.

l If the tire does not inflate, repair of the tiremay not be possible. If the tire does notreach the correct inflation pressure within a10-minute period, it probably has receivedmore extensive damage. When this happens,the emergency flat tire repair kit cannot beused to repair the tire. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the tire has been over-inflated, loosen thescrew cap on the compressor and bleedsome of the air out.

17. When the tire has been inflated to theproper inflation pressure, turn thecompressor switch off and remove thecompressor hose from the tire valve.


Flat Tire

7-11


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (314,1)

18. Install the tire valve cap.

19. Put the emergency flat tire repair kitin the trunk and continue driving.

CAUTIONØ Drive carefully to an Authorized

Mazda Dealer and keep thevehicle speed below 80 km/h (50mph).

Ø If the vehicle is driven 80 km/h (50mph) or higher, the vehicle mightbegin to vibrate.

20. After driving the vehicle for 10minutes or 5 km (3 miles), check thetire pressure with the tire pressuregauge equipped with the compressor.If the tire pressure has fallen belowthe correct tire pressure, inflate thetire to the correct pressure againfollowing the steps from number 15.

CAUTIONØ If the tire inflation pressure falls

below 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar,18.9 psi), repair cannot be donewith the repair kit. Park thevehicle on a level surface off theright-of-way and contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø If the tire inflation pressurecontinues to remain low afterrepeating steps 14 to 21, park thevehicle on a level surface off theright-of-way and contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEWhen checking the tire inflation pressure withthe tire pressure gauge on the compressor unit,make sure the compressor switch is turned off.

21. If the tire inflation pressure remainsstable, the tire repair is complete.Drive the vehicle with care to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thetire replaced.

CAUTIONØ A tire that has been temporarily

repaired with the tire sealantcannot be reused. Mazdarecommends replacing the tirewith a new one.

Ø The wheel can be reused after anysealant adhering to it is wiped offand carefully inspected. However,replace the tire valve with a newone.

qInspecting the IMS EmergencyFlat Tire Repair Kit

Inspect the emergency tire repair kit atregular intervals.l Check the tire sealant period ofeffective use.

l Check the operation of the tirecompressor.

NOTEThe tire sealant has a period of effective use.Check the period of effective use indicated onthe bottle label and do not use it if it hasexpired. Have the tire sealant replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer before the period ofeffective use has expired.

7-12


Flat Tire


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (315,1)

Changing a Tire

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tire, and never get under avehicle that is supported only by a jack:

Changing a tire is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injuresomeone.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:

Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installationof the tire pressure sensors. Do notuse non-genuine wheels, otherwise itmay not be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

NOTEl Make sure the jack is well lubricated before

using it.(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor

ID signal code whenever tires or wheels arechanged (page 5-34).



3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, and tool (page 7-5).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe tire to be changed. When blockinga wheel, place a tire block both in frontand behind the tire.

NOTEWhen blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocksof sufficient size if possible to hold the tire inplace.


Flat Tire

7-13


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (316,1)

qRemoving a Tire

1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any until the tire has beenraised off the ground.

2. Place the jack under the jackingposition closest to the tire beingchanged.

Jacking position

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in this manual:

Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:

Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.

3. Insert the jack handle into the jack.

7-14


Flat Tire


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (317,1)

4. Turn the jack handle clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe tire can be installed. Beforeremoving the lug nuts, make sure yourMazda is firmly in position and that itcannot slip or move.

5. Remove the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise, then remove thewheel.

qLocking Lug Nutsí

If your vehicle has optional antitheftwheel lug nuts, one on each wheel willlock the tires and you must use a specialkey to unlock them. This key is attachedto the lug wrench. Register them with thelock manufacturer by filling out the cardprovided in the glove box and mailing itin the accompanying envelope. If you losethis key, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer or use the lock manufacturer'sorder form, which is with the registrationcard.

Special keyAntitheft lug nut

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the keyand apply pressure. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise.


Flat Tire

7-15íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (318,1)

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and lug nuts are cleanbefore changing or replacing tires:

When changing or replacing a tire,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The lugnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tire to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the tire.

3. Install the lug nuts with the bevelededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to lug nutsand bolts and do not tighten the lugnuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:

Applying oil or grease to lug nuts andbolts is dangerous. The lug nutscould loosen while driving and causethe tire to come off, resulting in anaccident. In addition, lug nuts andbolts could be damaged if tightenedmore than necessary.

4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwiseand lower the vehicle. Use the lugwrench to tighten the nuts in the ordershown.

7-16


Flat Tire


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (319,1)

If you're unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)88―118

(9―12, 65―87)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe lug nuts:

Improperly or loosely tightened lugnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:

Because the wheel studs and lug nutson your Mazda have metric threads,using a non-metric nut is dangerous.On a metric stud, it would not securethe wheel and would damage thestud, which could cause the wheel toslip off and cause an accident.

5. Check the inflation pressure. Refer tothe specification charts on page 10-7.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tires that haveincorrect air pressure:

Driving on tires with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tires withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.

NOTETo prevent the jack and tool from rattling, storethem properly.(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-31).


Flat Tire

7-17


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (320,1)

OverheatingIf the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, the vehicle loses power, oryou hear a loud knocking or pingingnoise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

Open the hood ONLY after steam is nolonger escaping from the engine:

Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

NOTEOnce the engine coolant exceeds a presettemperature, an electrical cooling fan turnson. It will continue running for about 10minutes after the ignition switch is turned tooff.

If the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in park (P), a manualtransmission in neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from under the hood or fromthe engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Don't go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the hood and idle the engine untilit cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, theengine temperature will increase.Stop the engine and call anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant level.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.

7-18


Overheating


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (321,1)

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Cooling system cap

Coolant reservoir

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-20).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have thecooling system inspected. The enginecould be seriously damaged unlessrepairs are made. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Overheating

7-19


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (322,1)

Starting a Flooded EngineIf the engine fails to start, it may beflooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

Follow this procedure:

1. If the engine does not start within fiveseconds on the first try, turn the key tothe LOCK position, wait ten secondsand try again.

2. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold it there―for up toten seconds. If the engine starts, releasethe key and accelerator immediatelybecause the engine will suddenly revup.

4. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator―forup to ten seconds.

If the engine still does not start using theabove procedure, have your vehicleinspected by an Authorized MazdaDealer.

7-20


Emergency Starting


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (323,1)

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near abattery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )terminal of the battery.


Emergency Starting

7-21


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (324,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).

Discharged battery

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Jumper cables

Booster battery

7-22


Emergency Starting


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (325,1)

1. Remove the rubber hose from thebattery cover.

2. Remove the battery cover from its rightside.

3. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.

4. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, don't allow both vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

5. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a cable to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other cableto the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3).

l Connect the other end to the groundpoint indicated in the illustrationaway from the discharged battery(4).

6. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

7. When finished, carefully disconnect thecables in the reverse order described inthe illustration.

8. If the battery cover has been removed,install it in the reverse order ofremoval.


Emergency Starting

7-23


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (326,1)

NOTEl Before installing the battery cover, make

sure both of the cables connecting thenegative battery terminal (right side ofbattery) are connected with the cablesrouted toward the right and back of thebattery as shown in the figure.

l Verify that the covers are securely installed.

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start it:

Towing a vehicle to start it isdangerous. The vehicle being towedcould surge forward when its enginestarts, causing the two vehicles tocollide. The occupants could beinjured.

CAUTIONDo not push-start a vehicle that hasa manual transmission. It candamage the emission control system.

NOTEYou can't start a vehicle with an automatictransmission by pushing it.

7-24


Emergency Starting


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (327,1)

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an Authorized Mazda Dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Government and local laws must befollowed.

A towed vehicle usually should have itsdrive wheels (rear wheels) off the ground.If excessive damage or other conditionsprevent this, use wheel dollies.

Wheel dollies

CAUTIONDo not tow the vehicle pointedforward with driving wheels on theground. This may cause internaldamage to the transmission.

CAUTIONDo not tow with sling-typeequipment. This could damage yourvehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbedequipment.


Emergency Towing

7-25


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (328,1)

Tiedown Hooks

CAUTIONDo not use the front and reartiedown eyelets for towing thevehicle.The have been designed only forsecuring the vehicle to a transportvessel during shipping.Using the eyelets for any otherpurpose could result in the vehiclebeing damaged.

qTiedown Hooks

1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lugwrench, and jack lever from the trunk(page 7-5).

2. Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth toprevent damage to a painted bumper,and open the cap located on the front orrear bumper.

Front

Type A

Type B

Rear

CAUTIONØ Do not use excessive force as it

may damage the cap or scratchthe painted bumper surface.

Ø The rear bumper cover cannot beremoved completely. Attemptingto forcefully remove the rearbumper cover could result in itbeing damaged.

NOTERemove the front bumper cover completely andstore it so as not to lose it.

3. Securely install the tiedown eyeletusing the lug wrench.

7-26


Emergency Towing


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (329,1)

Front

Lug wrench

Rear

Lug wrench

4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedowneyelet.

Front

Rear

CAUTIONIf the tiedown eyelet is not securelytightened, it may loosen or disengagefrom the bumper when tying downthe vehicle. Make sure that thetiedown eyelet is securely tightenedto the bumper.


Emergency Towing

7-27


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (330,1)

Recreational TowingAn example of “recreational towing” istowing your vehicle behind a motorhome.The transmission is not designed fortowing this vehicle on all 4 wheels.When doing recreational towing refer to“Towing Description” (page 7-25) and“Tiedown Hooks” (page 7-26) andcarefully follow the instructions.

7-28


Emergency Towing


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (331,1)

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8

Owner Maintenance ................................................................... 8-15Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................ 8-15Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8-16Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-17Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-18Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-20Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-22Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-23Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-23Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-24Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-25Battery ..................................................................................... 8-27Tires ........................................................................................ 8-30Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-34Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-42

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-48How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-48Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-50Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-55

8-1


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (332,1)

IntroductionBe extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehiclewhen using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you are unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defectivematerials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment mayperform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (333,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.


Scheduled Maintenance

8-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (334,1)

qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

ENGINE

Drive belts I

Engine valve clearanceAudibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type*1

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C C R C

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

8-4




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (335,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

Flat tire repair kit (if installed)*3 Inspect annually

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play

I I

Manual transmission oil R

Rear differential oil R

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceC: CleanL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace thetire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.



8-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (336,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE

Drive belts I

Engine valve clearanceAudibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust

Engine oilPuerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Others R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM


Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filterPuerto Rico C R C R

Others C C R C

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugsUSA Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)

Others Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-6




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (337,1)



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I


Steering operation and linkages I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I

Manual transmission oil R R

Rear differential oil R R

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Chart symbols:


Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.




8-7


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (338,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2.

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.

8-8




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (339,1)

qSchedule 1


Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

ENGINE

Drive belts I I I

Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R


COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I I


Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every60,000 km or 3 years

Others R R R

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R R R R R R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I*2 I

Fuel filter R R R

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km



8-9


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (340,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid R R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I


Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I


Rear differential oil R R R

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.


8-10




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (341,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE

Drive belts I




COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I



Others R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2

Fuel filter R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM




8-11


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (342,1)



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I

Brake fluid R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I


Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I


Rear differential oil R

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I

Chart symbols:


Remarks:




8-12




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (343,1)

(Cont.)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

ENGINE

Drive belts I I




COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I



Others R R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I

Fuel filter R R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM




8-13


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (344,1)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I

Brake fluid R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I


Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I

Manual transmission oil R R

Rear differential oil R R

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I

Chart symbols:


Remarks:




8-14




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (345,1)

Owner Maintenance ScheduleThe owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at theindicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified servicetechnician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-22)l Engine coolant level (page 8-20)l Engine oil level (page 8-19)l Washer fluid level (page 8-23)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-30)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

l Power steering fluid level (page 8-23)You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanicalability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.l Engine coolant (page 8-20)l Engine oil (page 8-18)


Owner Maintenance

8-15


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (346,1)

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. Youcan be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:

Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes evenmore dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attemptingto work near the cooling fan:

Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan couldcontinue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the enginecompartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

Do not leave items in the engine compartment:After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, donot forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or afire leading to an unexpected accident.

8-16


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (347,1)

Engine Compartment Overview

Engine oil dipstick

Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir / Clutch fluid reservoir

Washer fluid reservoir

Cooling system cap

Battery

Engine coolant reservoir

Power steering fluid cap

Air filter

Fuse block


Owner Maintenance

8-17


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (348,1)

Engine OilNOTEChanging the engine oil should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available in your market, use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.

Mexico

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (349,1)

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

Full

OK

Low

5. Pull it out again and examine the level.The level is normal if it is betweenLow and Full.If it is near or below Low, add enoughoil to bring the level to Full.

CAUTIONDo not add engine oil over Full. Thismay cause engine damage.

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick ispositioned properly before reinsertingthe dipstick.

The distance between Low and Full on thedipstick represents the following:

Oil capacity

L (US qt, Imp qt) 0.75 (0.79, 0.66)


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (350,1)

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:

A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can becomevery hot. You could be burned.Carefully inspect the engine coolantin the coolant reservoir, but do notopen it.

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

NOTEChanging the coolant should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year―at the beginning of thewinter season―and before travelingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the F and L markson the coolant reservoir when the engineis cool.

If it's at or near L, add enough coolant tothe coolant reservoir to provide freezingand corrosion protection and to bring thelevel to F.

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (351,1)

CAUTIONØ Radiator coolant will damage

paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

Ø Use only soft (demineralized)water in the coolant mixture.Water that contains minerals willcut down on the coolant'seffectiveness.

Ø Don't add only water. Always adda proper coolant mixture.

Ø The engine has aluminum partsand must be protected by anethylene-glycol-based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

Ø DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This coulddamage the cooling system.

Ø Don't use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.

NOTEIf the “FL22” mark is shown on or near thecooling system cap, it is recommended to useMazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant (page8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (352,1)

Brake/Clutch Fluid

qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from thesame reservoir.Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept at MAX.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake and clutchlinings. If it is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch system inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNINGBe careful not to spill brake fluid onyourself or on the engine:

Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If itgets in your eyes, they could beseriously injured. If this happens,immediately flush your eyes withwater and get medical attention.Brake fluid spilled on a hot enginecould cause a fire.

If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,have the brakes and clutch inspected:

Low brake/clutch fluid levels aredangerous. Low levels could signalbrake lining wear or a brake systemleak. Your brakes could fail andcause an accident.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until itreaches MAX.Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean thearea around the cap.

CAUTIONØ Brake and clutch fluid will

damage painted surfaces. If brakeor clutch fluid does get on apainted surface, wash it off withwater immediately.

Ø Using nonspecified brake andclutch fluids (page 10-4) willdamage the systems. Mixingdifferent fluids will also damagethem.If the brake/clutch systemfrequently requires new fluid,consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (353,1)

Power Steering Fluid

qInspecting Power Steering FluidLevel

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the powersteering pump, don't operate thevehicle for long periods when thepower steering fluid level is low.

NOTEUse specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir ateach engine oil change with the engine offand cold. Add fluid if necessary; it doesnot require periodic changing.

The level must be kept between MIN andMAX.

Visually examine the lines and hoses forleaks and damage.

If new fluid is required frequently, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Washer Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freezeProtection in Cold Weather:

Operating your vehicle intemperatures below 4 degrees C (40degrees F) using washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection is dangerousas it could cause impaired windshieldvision and result in an accident. Incold weather, always use washerfluid with anti-freeze protection.

NOTEState or local regulations may restrict the useof volatile organic compounds (VOCs), whichare commonly used as anti-freeze agents inwasher fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOCcontent should be used only if it providesadequate freeze resistance for all regions andclimates in which the vehicle will be operated.


Owner Maintenance

8-23


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (354,1)

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable.But use only washer fluid in cold weatherto prevent it from freezing.

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and hood hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

8-24


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (355,1)

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONØ Hot waxes applied by automatic

car washers have been known toaffect the wiper's ability to cleanwindows.

Ø To prevent damage to the wiperblades, don't use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the bladeassembly to expose the plastic lockingclip.Compress the clip and slide theassembly downward; then lift it off thearm.

Plastic locking clip

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windshieldlet the wiper arm down easily, don'tlet it slap down on the windshield.

2. Hold the end of the rubber and pulluntil the tabs are free of the metalsupport.

Metal support

Tab


Owner Maintenance

8-25


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (356,1)

3. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONØ Don't bend or discard the

stiffeners. You need to use themagain.

Ø If the metal stiffeners areswitched, the blade's wipingefficiency could be reduced.So don't use the driver's side metalstiffeners on the passenger's side,or vice versa.

Ø Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffeners in the new blade rubberso that the curve is the same as itwas in the old blade rubber.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

NOTEInstall the blade so that the tabs are toward thebottom of the wiper arm.

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (357,1)

Battery

WARNINGWash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspectingto ensure safe and correct handling:

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metaltools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery whenworking near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehiclebody:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (358,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (359,1)

NOTEl Remove the rubber hose first, and then

battery cover before performing batterymaintenance.

Battery coverRubber hose

l Before installing the battery cover, makesure both of the cables connecting thenegative battery terminal (right side ofbattery) are connected with the cablesrouted toward the right and back of thebattery as shown in the figure.

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:l Keep it securely mounted.l Keep the top clean and dry.l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batterycables.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (360,1)

TiresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tire inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tire Types:

Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tires is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:Using any other tire size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-7)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tireclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tires thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tires to the correctpressure:

Overinflation or underinflation oftires is dangerous. Adverse handlingor unexpected tire failure could resultin a serious accident.Refer to specification charts on page10-7.

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

does not alleviate the need to check thetire condition every day, includingwhether the tires all look inflated properly.Inspect all tire pressure monthly when thetires are cold. Maintain recommendedpressures for the best ride, handling, andminimum tire wear.When checking the tire pressures, use of adigital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Refer to the specification charts (page10-7).

NOTEl Always check tire pressure when tires are

cold.l Warm tires normally exceed recommended

pressures. Don't release air from warm tiresto adjust the pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reduced fueleconomy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,and poor sealing of the tire bead, whichwill deform the wheel and cause separationof tire from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,uneven and accelerated tire wear, and agreater possibility of damage from roadhazards.Keep your tire pressure at the correctlevels. If one frequently needs inflating,have it inspected.

8-30


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (361,1)

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires ifirregular wear develops. According to thescheduled maintenance charts.Refer toScheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

NOTEBecause your vehicle is not equipped with aspare tire, you cannot do a tire rotation safelywith the jack that comes with your vehicle.Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer performtire rotation.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures tospecification (page 10-7) and inspect thelug nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radialtires that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front torear, not from side to side. Tireperformance will be reduced ifrotated from side to side.

CAUTIONLimited-Slip Differential system;don't use the following:Ø Tires not of the designated sizeØ Tires of different sizes or types at

the same timeØ Tires not sufficiently inflatedIf these instructions aren't followed,the rotation of the left and rightwheels will be different and will thusapply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in goodcondition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.


Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (362,1)

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in

the sidewalls are used, the system may notfunction correctly even with a genuinewheel.Refer to System Error Activation on page5-33.

l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-34.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band isacross the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. Regarding themanufacturing week and year is indicated with4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:

Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONØ A wrong-sized wheel may

adversely affect:Ø Tire fitØ Wheel and bearing lifeØ Ground clearanceØ Snow-chain clearanceØ Speedometer calibrationØ Headlight aimØ Bumper heightØ Tire Pressure Monitoring

SystemØ Limited-Slip Differential System

Ø (With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)Ø When replacing/repairing the

tires or wheels or both, have thework done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may bedamaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designedfor installation of the tirepressure sensors. Do not usenon-genuine wheels, otherwiseit may not be possible to installthe tire pressure sensors.

NOTEBe sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer toTires and Wheels on page 5-34.

8-32


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (363,1)

When replacing a wheel, make sure thenew one is the same as the original factorywheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.

Proper tire balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tires can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.


Owner Maintenance

8-33


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (364,1)

Light Bulbs

High-mount brake lightLicense plate lightsTrunk light

Reverse lightsRear turn signal lightsBrake lights/TaillightsRear side-marker lights

Overhead light

Headlights (Low beam)

Headlights (High beam)

Some models.

Fog lights

Front turn signal lights/Parking lights

Front side-marker lights

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (365,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

Never touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare hands andalways wear eye protection whenhandling or working around the bulbs:

When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurized gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuriescould be caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode whenlit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:

Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulbor breaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

NOTEl To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.l If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,

it should be cleaned with rubbing alcoholbefore being used.

l Use the protective cover and carton for thereplacement bulb to dispose of the old bulbpromptly and out of the reach of children.

Replacing a headlight bulbs

High-beam bulbs

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the hood.

3. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector downward.

4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.

5. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof the removal procedure.


Owner Maintenance

8-35


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (366,1)

Low-beam bulbs

(Xenon fusion bulbs)You cannot replace the low beam bulbs byyourself. The bulbs must be replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.(Halogen bulbs)

1. If you are changing the right bulb, startthe engine, turn the steering wheel allthe way to the right, and turn offengine. If you are changing the leftbulb, turn the steering wheel to the left.

2. Make sure the headlight switch is off.

3. Turn the center section of the plasticretainer counterclockwise and removethe retainers and partially peel back themudguard.

Removal

Installation

4. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector rear.

5. Pull off the sealing cover.

6. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.

8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (367,1)

7. Remove the adapter.


Front fog light bulbsí


2. Turn the screws and the center sectionof the plastic retainerscounterclockwise and remove them,then partially peel back the mudguard.

Removal

Installation




Front side-marker lights



Owner Maintenance

8-37íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (368,1)

2. Turn the screws and the center sectionof the plastic retainerscounterclockwise and remove them,then partially peel back the mudguard.

Removal

Installation




NOTE(Replacing front-passenger side lamp bulb)Turn the socket and bulb assembly screwcounterclockwise.

6. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.

8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (369,1)

Front turn signal lights/Parking lights

1. If you are changing the right bulb, startthe engine, turn the steering wheel allthe way to the right, and turn offengine. If you are changing the leftbulb, turn the steering wheel to the left.

2. Make sure the turn signal switch is off.

3. Turn the center section of the plasticretainer counterclockwise and removethe retainers and partially peel back themudguard.

Removal

Installation

4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.


Rear turn signal lights, Reverse lights,Brake lights/Taillights, Rear sidemarker lights

Rear side marker lights

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear turn signal lights, Reverse lights,Brake lights/Taillights

1. Make sure the ignition is switched offand the applicable light switch is off.

2. Lift the trunk.

3. Pull the center section of the plasticretainers and remove them, thenremove the trunk end trim.

Removal

Installation

4. Remove the trunk light connector.


Owner Maintenance

8-39


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (370,1)

5. Remove the trunk lid release lock-outbutton connector.

6. On the side the bulb is to be replaced,pull the center section of the plasticretainers and remove them, thenremove the trunk side trim.

Removal

Installation


Rear turn signal lights

Reverse lights

Brake lights/Taillights


8-40


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (371,1)

High-mount brake light

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

License plate lights


2. Lift the trunk.

3. Slide the light to the left side of thevehicle and remove it.



qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the overhead light asshown in the figure, and then removethe cover.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.



Owner Maintenance

8-41


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (372,1)

Trunk light

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the luggagecompartment light as shown in thefigure, and then remove the luggagecompartment light unit.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.


FusesYour vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the vehicle's leftside

If the electrical system does not work,first inspect the fuses on the vehicle's leftside.

1. Turn off the ignition switch and otherswitches.

2. Remove the cover.

8-42


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (373,1)

3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the inside of theengine compartment fuse block cover.

Fuse puller

Fuse block cover

4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown

5. Insert a new fuse of the same amperagerating, and make sure it fits tightly. If itdoes not fit tightly, have an expertinstall it. We recommend anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe MIRROR or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the hood. If a fuse is blown, itmust be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Turn off the ignition switch and allother switches.

2. Remove the fuse block cover.

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown


Owner Maintenance

8-43


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (374,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorized MazdaDealer perform the replacement:

Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse isa high current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.

8-44


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (375,1)

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE

RATINGPROTECTED COMPONENT

1 FAN 30 A Cooling fan

2 FAN 7.5 A Cooling fan

3 DEFOG 20 A Rear window defroster

4 H/CLEAN ― ―

5 ROOM 15 AOverhead lights, Luggage compartment light, For protection ofvarious circuits, Trunk opener

6 IG KEY2 15 A For protection of various circuits

7 HEATER 40 A Air conditionerí

8 ABS 30 A ABS

9 FOG 15 A Front fog lightsí

10 R.FOG ― ―

11 RHT L 30 A Power retractable hardtop (LH)í

12 RHT R 30 A Power retractable hardtop (RH)í

13 MAG 7.5 A Air conditionerí

14 ST 20 A Starter

15 TAIL 15 A Taillights, Parking lights, License plate lights, Illuminations

16 ABS 40 A ABS


Owner Maintenance

8-45íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (376,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


17 BTN 30 A For protection of various circuits

18 MAIN 120 A For protection of all circuits

19 EGI INJ 10 A Injector

20 EGI COMP1 10 A Engine control system

21 EGI COMP2 10 A Engine control system

22 HEAD LOW L 15 A Headlight low beam (LH)

23 HEAD LOW R 15 A Headlight low beam (RH)

24 HEAD 15 A Headlight high beams

25 P.WIND 20 A Power windows

26 ENGINE 15 A Engine control system

27 WIPER 20 A Windshield wipers and washer

28 DRL 15 A DRLí

29 HORN 15 A Horn

30 STOP 10 A Brake lights

31 ETV 10 A Electric throttle valve

32 FUEL PUMP 15 A Fuel Pump

33 HAZARD 10 A Turn signals, Hazard warning flashers

34 P.WIND2 20 A Power windowsí

35 IG KEY1 40 A For protection of various circuits

8-46


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (377,1)

Fuse block (Driver's side)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


1 ACC 7.5 A Audio system, Power control mirror

2 AUX PWR 15 A Accessory Socket

3 METER 15 A Instrument cluster

4 SEAT WARM 20 A Seat warmerí

5 ILLUMI 7.5 A Illumination

6 A/C 7.5 A Air conditionerí

7 ENGINE 7.5 A Engine control system, For protection of various circuits

8 ― ― ―

9 M.DEF ― ―

10 AUDIO 20 A Audio systemí

11 D.LOCK 20 A Power door lock

12 SILEN ― ―

13 ― ― ―

14 ― ― ―

15 ― ― ―

16 ― ― ―


Owner Maintenance

8-47íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (378,1)

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand color base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear and colorbase coat of the vehicle's paintwork ifthey are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you are travelingand these are not available, a moistenedtissue may also take care of the problem.The cleaned area should be waxedaccording to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.

8-48


Appearance Care


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (379,1)

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tires hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTEl The paint chipping zone varies with the

speed of the vehicle. For example, whentraveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paintchipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance of paintchipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rust forming onyour Mazda. Before this happens, repair thedamage by using Mazda touch-up paintaccording to the instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected area couldlead to serious rusting and expensiverepairs.


Appearance Care

8-49


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (380,1)

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTEl Mazda is not responsible for scratches

caused by automatic car washes orimproper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable on vehicleswith darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Do not use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.

CAUTIONØ Do not use steel wool, abrasive

cleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay damage the protectivecoating; also, cleaners anddetergents may discolor ordeteriorate the paint.

Ø To prevent damaging the antenna,remove it before entering a carwash facility or passing beneath alow overhead clearance.

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the fenders, and makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Do not allowsoap to dry on the finish.

8-50


Appearance Care


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (381,1)

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


When using a high water pressure carwash

High water temperature and high waterpressure car washers are availabledepending on the type of car washmachine. If the car washer nozzle is puttoo close to the vehicle, the force of thespray could damage or deform themolding, affect the sealability of parts,and allow water to penetrate the interior.Keep a sufficient space (30 cm or more)between the nozzle and the vehicle. Inaddition, do not spend too much timespraying the same area of the vehicle, andbe very careful when spraying betweengaps in doors and around windows.

Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTEA spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similarmaterials will usually also take off the wax.Rewax these areas even if the rest of thevehicle does not need it.

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finishshould be repaired promptly. Exposedmetal quickly rusts and can lead to majorrepairs.

CAUTIONIf your Mazda is damaged and needsmetal parts repaired or replaced,make sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to all parts,both repaired and new. This willprevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high luster.

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.


Appearance Care

8-51


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (382,1)

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may result indamage to the protective coating andcause discoloration or paintdeterioration.

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice andsnow removal and solvents used for dustcontrol may collect on the underbody. Ifnot removed, they will speed up rustingand deterioration of such underbody partsas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaustsystem, even though these parts may becoated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody andwheel housings with lukewarm or coldwater at the end of each winter. Try alsoto do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areasbecause they easily hide mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wetdown the road grime without removingit.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holes thatshould not be clogged. Water trappedthere will cause rusting.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


qAluminumWheel Maintenance

A protective coating is provided over thealuminum wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

NOTEl Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive

cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent onaluminum wheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Only use a mild soap or neutral detergentand always use a sponge or soft cloth toclean the wheels.Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or coldwater. Also, be sure to clean the wheelsafter driving on dusty or salted roads. Thishelps prevent corrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automaticcar wash that uses high-speed or hardbrushes.

l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, waxthe wheels.

(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)Check special requirements for Tire PressureMonitoring System.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-34.

8-52


Appearance Care


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (383,1)

qConvertible Top Maintenanceí

The convertible top is made of a specialhigh-grade material, but if it's not takengood care of, hardening, staining, and lossof luster will result. Maintain it underthese guidelines.

Washing

Do not wait until the convertible top getsreally dirty before cleaning it. Dirt that'sthere too long will cause deterioration.

1. Before washing, remove dust andcoarse particulate with a soft brush.

2. Gently clean the convertible top with asynthetic neutral detergent, lots ofwater, and a soft brush.

3. Rinse it thoroughly with clean water toremove all the soap.

4. Wipe it as dry as you can before thewater dries on it.

5. Then allow it to dry completely beforelowering it.

CAUTIONØ Automatic and high-pressure car

washes are harmful to aconvertible top. Avoid them.

Ø Do not spray water directly on thearea where the window glass andthe convertible top meet. Thiswould probably cause water toenter the cabin.

Ø Do not spray water with a hose ora car washing device directly onthe seam area of the body and theconvertible top as it could result inwater penetrating the trunk.

Appearance (Polyvinyl only)

Dress the convertible top once a monthafter washing and drying it well. For bestresults, use a water-based leathertreatment or vinyl top dressing. This willhelp maintain good appearance andmaterial condition of the convertible top.


Appearance Care

8-53íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (384,1)

CAUTIONØ Some leather treatment products

can ruin the convertible top'sgloss. Be careful of the one youchoose.

Ø Test on an inconspicuous, smallcorner of the convertible top if youare not sure.

Ø Do not get any car wax on theconvertible top.If you do, remove it with a goodleather cleaner.

Ø Too much treatment on theconvertible top can be asdamaging as too little. Follow themanufacturer's directions.Do not overdo it!

Ø Let the convertible top drycompletely before lowering afterapplying treatment or dressing.

qHardtop Maintenanceí

Washing

To help protect the hardtop's finish, use asoft cloth or sponge to wash it.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if they are not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

CAUTIONØ Don't use an automatic car wash.Ø Don't use strong soap, chemical

detergents, or hot water, and don'twash the hardtop in directsunlight or when the surface iswarm.

Thoroughly rinse with lukewarm or coldwater. Don't allow soap to dry on thefinish.

Waxing

Wax the hardtop when water no longerbeads on the paint. Always wash and dryit before waxing.

CAUTIONØ Wiping off dust or dirt with a dry

cloth will scratch the finish.Ø Don't use abrasive wax. This may

damage the protective coating anddiscolor or deteriorate the paint.

NOTEA spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similarmaterials will usually also take off the wax.Rewax these areas.

qPlastic Part Maintenance

When cleaning the plastic lenses of thelights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highlyacidic detergents, or strongly alkalinedetergents. Otherwise, these chemicalagents can discolor or damage thesurfaces resulting in a significant loss infunctionality. If plastic parts becomeinadvertently exposed to any of thesechemical agents, flush with waterimmediately.

8-54


íSome models.

Appearance Care


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (385,1)

Interior Care

qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfumeand cosmetic oils from contacting thedashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.If these solutions get on the dashboard,wipe them off immediately.

CAUTIONDo not use glazing agents.Glazing agents contain ingredientswhich may cause discoloration,wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery andInterior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinylcleaner.

Leatherí

Real leather is not uniform and may havescars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean itwith a leather cleaner or mild soap.If the leather gets wet from rain, removethe moisture as soon as possible and dryin a shaded area.If the seats get wet, promptly removemoisture with a dry cloth and allow it tofurther dry in a shaded area.If moisture is not removed, it will causehardening and shrinkage of the leather.Do not leave vinyl products on the seatsfor long periods as they may affect theleather quality and coloring.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean it with a mild soap solution goodfor upholstery and carpets. Remove freshspots immediately with a fabric spotcleaner.

To keep the fabric looking clean andfresh, take care of it. Otherwise its colorwill be affected, it can be stained easily,and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTIONUse only recommended cleaners andprocedures. Others may affectappearance and fire-resistance.

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder BeltWebbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soapsolution recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleachor dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly drythe belt webbing and make sure there isno remaining moisture before retractingthem.

WARNINGHave an Authorized Mazda Dealerreplace damaged seat beltsimmediately:

Using damaged seat belts isdangerous. In a collision, damagedbelts cannot provide adequateprotection.


Appearance Care

8-55íSome models.


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (386,1)

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONDon't scrape or scratch the inside ofthe rear window. You may damagethe rear window defroster grid.

8-56


Appearance Care


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (387,1)

9 Customer Information and ReportingSafety Defects

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-6Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) .... 9-9Customer Assistance (Mexico) ......... 9-10

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-12Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-12Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-12

Warranty ................................................ 9-14Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-14Outside the United States andCanada .............................................. 9-15Outside the United States .................. 9-16Outside Canada ................................. 9-17Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry (Except United States andCanada) ............................................. 9-18Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-19

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-20Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-20

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-21

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-21

Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-23Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-23Location of the Tire Label(Placard) ............................................ 9-29Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-32Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-35Steps for Determining the Correct LoadLimit: ................................................ 9-41

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-42Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-42Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-43

Service Publications .............................. 9-44Service Publications .......................... 9-44

9-1


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (388,1)

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the followingways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inthe U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of thepage at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

9-2

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (389,1)

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

2. Year and model of vehicle

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)

Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may notbe possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, MazdaNorth American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement programadministered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.

BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach amutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able tofacilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.

You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seekingremedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To theextent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort toBBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “LemonLaw”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss WarrantyAct or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTOLINE.

The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not bindingon you or Mazda else you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTOLINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBBwebsite at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.

Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hopeto satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazdabelieves in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensureMazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!


Customer Assistance

9-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (390,1)

qCalifornia Customers

1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration CertificationProgram of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.

2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you tobring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBBAUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months afterthe expiration of the warranty.

3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for thecall.

4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name andaddress, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and astatement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, theapproximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to theattention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.

5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. Ifmediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claimswithin the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informalhearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from thetime your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contactMazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests aninspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report byBBB AUTO LINE.

6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights orremedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required touse BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I ofthe Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seekredress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE isnot required by those statutes.

9-4


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (391,1)

7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative isunable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable expresswarranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace orrepurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumptionthat Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to itsapplicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the followingoccurs:l The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty thatsubstantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition thatis likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND thenonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agentsAND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or itsagents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or itsagents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of thevehicle to the buyer.

NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THEFOLLOWING ADDRESS:Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618ATTN: Customer Mediation

8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursementfor money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehiclenonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation fordamages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.

9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multipledamages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in CaliforniaCivil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).

10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject thedecision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision andany findings will be admissible in a court action.

11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and willcomply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after wereceive notice of your acceptance of the decision.

12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.


Customer Assistance

9-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (392,1)

Customer Assistance (Canada)

qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All AuthorizedMazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. Inour experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of yourMazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by yourdealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normaldealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager hasalready reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its GeneralManager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange foryou to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact MazdaCanada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office addressand phone numbers are shown (page 9-8).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, MazdaCanada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)263-4680.Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” pageof section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will reviewthe case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.

9-6


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (393,1)

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use ofyour Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow theabove three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's CustomerSatisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is stillnot resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you abouthow your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party throughbinding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving thatgoal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as theaward is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wishto use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in schedulingand preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed withCAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.


Customer Assistance

9-7


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (394,1)

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact theProvincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300North York, OntarioM2J 4Y8http://camvap.caProvincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory CAMVAP Number

British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685

Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685

Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685

Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685

Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED

MAZDA CANADA INC.WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROADSUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

ALBERTA,BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

MAZDA CANADA INC.CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

ONTARIO

MAZDA CANADA INC.QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBECH9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

QUEBEC,NEW BRUNSWICK,NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,NEWFOUNDLAND

9-8


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (395,1)

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all AuthorizedMazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in topcondition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact yourarea's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage


6. Your question(s)


Customer Assistance

9-9


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (396,1)

Customer Assistance (Mexico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexicoby one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inMexico, can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

9-10


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (397,1)

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number2. Year and model of vehicle3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on

the upper driver's side corner of the dash)4. Purchase date and current mileage5. Your dealer's name and location6. Your question(s)


Customer Assistance

9-11


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (398,1)

Importer/Distributor

qU.S.A.

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area

qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,Ontario, L4B 3K5 CanadaTEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de PuertoRico)P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico00936-2722TEL: (787) 641-9300

qMEXICO

Mazda Motor de MexicoCircuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N1500 Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe.01210, Mexico, D.F.TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico

qGUAM

Triple J Motors157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,GUAM 96911 USAP.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.(d.b.a. Midway Motors)P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950TEL: (670) 234-7524

9-12


Mazda Importer/Distributors


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (399,1)

Triple J Saipan, Inc.(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA

Polynesia Motors, Inc.P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, AmericanSamoa 96799TEL: (684) 699-9347


Mazda Importer/Distributors

9-13


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (400,1)

Warranties for Your Mazdal New Vehicle Limited Warrantyl Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)l Safety Restraint System Limited Warrantyl Anti-perforation Limited Warrantyl Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)

l Emission Defect Warrantyl Emission Performance Warranty

l California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)l Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)l Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warrantyl Tire Warranty

NOTEDetailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.

9-14


Warranty


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (401,1)

Outside the United States and CanadaGovernment regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meetspecific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in theUnited States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside these areas.You may have these problems if you do:

l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated inthe United States, its territories, and Canada.


Warranty

9-15


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (402,1)

Outside the United StatesGovernment regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specificemission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the UnitedStates may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canadapermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible forexportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the UnitedStates:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.


Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-16


Warranty


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (403,1)

Outside CanadaGovernment regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emissionregulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differfrom those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United Statespermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to theUnited States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.


Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.


Warranty

9-17


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (404,1)

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (ExceptUnited States and Canada)

Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specificemission and safety standards.Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In additionto registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in anothercountry.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-18


Warranty


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (405,1)

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesNon-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazdavehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect yourvehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before youinstall any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGAlways consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts oraccessories:

Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designedparts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safetysystems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances ofinjuries in an accident.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such asmobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:

Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.


Warranty

9-19


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (406,1)

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your State or Province:

Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a seriousaccident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safearea before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cellphone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,concentrate on the full-time job of driving.

9-20


Cell Phones


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (407,1)

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, andtemperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) tractiontests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required bylaw.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)

9-21


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (408,1)

WARNINGKeep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:

Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next severalyears according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may varywith respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGERVEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES ANDTO ALL OTHER FEDERALTIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

UTQGS MARK (example)

9-22


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (409,1)

Tire LabelingFederal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall ofall tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case ofa recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Rim diameter code

7. Load index & speed symbol

8. Severe snow conditions

9. Tire ply composition and materials used

10. Max. load rating


Tire Information (U.S.A.)

9-23


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (410,1)

11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

12. Max. permissible inflation pressure

13. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTEIf your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

9-24




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (411,1)

H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

Q 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168* mph

Y 186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. Fortires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use inmud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. Thenext two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codesused at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Ingeneral, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried bythe tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire undernormal driving conditions.



9-25


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (412,1)

Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The gradesrepresent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire'sresistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with verydeeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the othertires on your vehicle.

SAFETYWARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNTTIRES.

l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLYCHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-26




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (413,1)

qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

6. Load index&speed symbol

T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.



9-27


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (414,1)

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

90

“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

M

“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

M 81 mph

9-28




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (415,1)

Location of the Tire Label (Placard)You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other importantinformation on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psifor the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that theinflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure ismaintained.Refer to Tires on page 10-7.

NOTETire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended coldtire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.



9-29


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (416,1)

WARNINGAlways check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to therecommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with theinformation in this owner's manual:

Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and mayresult in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexingand rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. Itresults in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tirecan lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by lookingat them.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are nothot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of thevalve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTESome spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or otherirregularities.

NOTEWarm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust thepressure.Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-30




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (417,1)

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, andthe maximum weight the vehicle can carry.Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providinginformation about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date ofmanufacture.Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants andcargo.Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it'smounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacityis described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular productionoptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.



9-31


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (418,1)

Tire MaintenanceImproper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here aresome important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintainrecommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use thepressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregularwear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or acombination of the following:l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe brakingAfter rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-7) and inspect the lug nutsfor tightness.

9-32




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (419,1)

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread patternor studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will beweakened if rotated from side to side.

(With limited-slip differential)Don't use the following:Ø Tires not of the designated sizeØ Tires of different sizes or types at the same timeØ Tires not sufficiently inflatedIf these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will bedifferent and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in good condition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction couldresult in an accident.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replacethe tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent highloading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Regarding the manufacturing week and year isindicated with 4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.



9-33


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (420,1)

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivategood driving habits for your own benefit.l Observe posted speed limitsl Avoid fast starts, stops and turnsl Avoid potholes and objects on the roadl Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking

CAUTIONIf you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect yourtire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tireis under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it withyour spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearestvehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-34




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (421,1)

Vehicle Loading

WARNINGDo not tow a trailer with this vehicle:

Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.

This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, to keep your loadedvehicle weight within its design rating capability. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle,familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings,from the vehicle's Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNINGOverloaded Vehicle:

Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have seriousconsequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle'ssuspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases thedistance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can failcompletely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is acombination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflationpressure.Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from thevehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.



9-35


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (422,1)

Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from yourdealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed tocarry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and LoadInformation label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THECOMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVEREXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tirelabel is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If anyaftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight ofthe equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to beaccurate.

9-36




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (423,1)

SAMPLE

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo andoptional equipment.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargoweight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants fromthe “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tirelabel.



9-37


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (424,1)

Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg(699 lbs)The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carriedby a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load oneach axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fullyloaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR isshown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's doorframe or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-38




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (425,1)

SAMPLE

WARNINGExceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:

Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous andcould result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to thevehicle, or loss of control.Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.



9-39


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (426,1)

GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW).

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of thevehicle - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can handle without riskingdamage. The GCW must never exceed the GCWR.

WARNINGExceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:

Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, ordamage to the vehicle.Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originalsbecause they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacementtires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWRlimitations.Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.

9-40




Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (427,1)

Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be

riding in your vehicle.(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg

or XXX lbs.(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.



9-41


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (428,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda MotorCorporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your MazdaImporter/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

NOTEIf you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, California 92618-2922orP.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-12) inthis booklet.

9-42


Reporting Safety Defects


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (429,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, DefectInvestigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contactTransport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm


Reporting Safety Defects

9-43


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (430,1)

Service PublicationsFactory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to dosome of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to thechart below.

If they do not have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION

9999-95-042B-10 2010 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

9999-MX-042B-10 2010 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)

9999-95-026G-10 2010 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

9999-MX-026G-10 2010 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)

9999-95-031C-10 (U.S.A. only) 2010 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-031C-10 (Canada only) 2010 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-031C-10 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2010 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-95-MODL-10 2010 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body andchassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electricalsystem.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.This is not a technician's manual.

qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:

Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.

9-44


Service Publications


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (431,1)

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

10-1


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (432,1)

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the cowl panel locatedon the left corner of the dashboard. Thisplate can easily be seen through thewindshield.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

qChassis Number

qVehicle Emission ControlInformation Label

qTire Pressure Label

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (433,1)

qEngine Number

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (434,1)

Specifications

qEngine

Item Specification

Type DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder

Bore×Stroke 87.5 × 83.1 mm (3.44 × 3.27 in)

Displacement 1,999 ml (1,999 cc, 122.0 cu in)

Compression ratio 10.8

qElectrical System

Item Classification

Battery 12V-36AH/5HR

Spark-plug number L3G2 18 110*1, L3Y1 18 110

Spark-plug gap 1.25―1.35 mm (0.049―0.053 in)

*1 ex factory

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulatecoating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant Classification

Engine oilRefer to the recommended SAE viscosity numberson page 8-18.

Manual transmissionoil

5-speedtransmission

Any temperatureAPI Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 75W-90

Above 10 °C (50 °F)API Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 80W-90

6-speed transmissionAPI Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 75W-90

Automatic transmission fluid Mazda Genuine JWS3309

Rear differential oil

API Service GL-5

SAE

90

80W-90

75W-90*1

Power steering fluidMazda Genuine ATF M-III or equivalent

(e.g. Dexron® II)

Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

*1 Not available from Mazda

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (435,1)

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oilWith oil filterreplacement

Except U.S.A. and Canada 4.55 L (4.81 US qt, 4.00 Imp qt)

U.S.A. andCanada

6-speed manualtransmission

4.55 L (4.81 US qt, 4.00 Imp qt)

Except 6-speed manualtransmission

4.45 L (4.70 US qt, 3.92 Imp qt)

Without oil filter replacement 4.05 L (4.28 US qt, 3.56 Imp qt)

Coolant 7.5 L (7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt)

Manual transmission oil5-speed transmission 2.0 L (2.1 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt)

6-speed transmission 2.1 L (2.2 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt)

Automatic transmission fluid 7.4 L (7.8 US qt, 6.5 Imp qt)

Rear differential oil 0.7 L (0.7 US qt, 0.6 Imp qt)

Fuel tank48.0 L

(12.7 US gal, 10.6 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

Item Vehicle specification

Overall lengthWith license plate holder 4,032 mm (158.7 in)

Without license plate holder 4,013 mm (158.0 in)

Overall width 1,720 mm (67.7 in)

Overall heightSoft top 1,245 mm (49.0 in)

Hardtop 1,255 mm (49.4 in)

Front tread 1,490 mm (58.7 in)

Rear tread 1,495 mm (58.9 in)

Wheelbase 2,330 mm (91.7 in)

qWeights

(Manual transmission)

ItemWeight

Without power retractablehardtop

With power retractablehardtop

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 1,396 kg (3,078 lbs) 1,416 kg (3,122 lbs)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 714 kg (1,574 lbs) 714 kg (1,574 lbs)

Rear 682 kg (1,504 lbs) 702 kg (1,548 lbs)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (436,1)

(Automatic transmission)

ItemWeight

Without power retractablehardtop

With power retractablehardtop

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 1,396 kg (3,078 lbs) 1,416 kg (3,122 lbs)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 714 kg (1,574 lbs) 714 kg (1,574 lbs)

Rear 693 kg (1,528 lbs) 702 kg (1,548 lbs)

qAir Conditioner

Item Classification

Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R (SAE)

Headlights

High beam 65 ― (H9)

Low beamHalogen 55 H7 (H7)

Xenon fusion 35 D2S (D2S)

Front turn signal lights/Parking lights 28/8 ― (#7444NA)

Fog lightsí 55 H11 (H11)

Front side-marker lights 5 ― (―)

High-mount brake light LED*1 ― (―)

Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (―)

Brake lights/Taillights 21/5 W21/5W (#7443)

Reverse lights 18 W16W (#921)

License plate lights 5 W5W (4CP)

Rear side-marker lights LED*1― (―)

*1 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.

Interior light

Light bulb Wattage

Overhead light 10

Trunk light 8

10-6 íSome models.

Specifications


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (437,1)

qTires

NOTEThe tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted toyour vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure. Refer to Tire InflationPressure on page 8-30.

Standard tire

Tire sizeInflation pressure

Front Rear

205/50R16 87V 200 kPa (29 psi) 200 kPa (29 psi)

205/45R17 84W 200 kPa (29 psi) 200 kPa (29 psi)

qFuses

Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-42.

Specifications

10-7


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (438,1)

10-8


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (439,1)

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (440,1)

A

Accessory Socket .............................. 6-83Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-19Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2

Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5Advanced key suspendfunction ...................................... 3-18Auxiliary key .............................. 3-18Locking, unlocking with requestswitch ........................................... 3-8Opening the trunk lid with requestswitch ......................................... 3-10Operation range ............................ 3-7Remote control function ............. 3-15Service ......................................... 3-7When warning indicator/beep isactivated ..................................... 3-22

Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-28Antenna ............................................. 6-14Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8

Warning light ............................... 5-9Appearance Care ............................... 8-48Audio System ................................... 6-14

Audio control switch .................. 6-56Audio set .................................... 6-25AUX mode ................................. 6-58Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-15Safety certification ..................... 6-60

Automatic TransmissionDirect mode ................................ 5-19Driving tips ................................ 5-20Manual shift mode ..................... 5-15Shift-lock system ....................... 5-15Transmission ranges ................... 5-14

Average Fuel Economy Display ........ 5-37

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-20Maintenance ............................... 8-27Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep SoundsIgnition key reminder ................. 5-54Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-54Seat belt warning ........................ 5-54Tire inflation pressure warning... 5-55

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5After getting in ............................. 4-5Before getting in .......................... 4-5

Bluetooth Hands-Free ....................... 6-61Basic Bluetooth Hands-FreeOperation ................................... 6-64Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ........................................ 6-68Hands-Free Telephone Setting.... 6-73Mazda Bluetooth Hands-FreeCustomer Service ....................... 6-79Safety certification ..................... 6-78When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannotbe used ....................................... 6-78

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-24Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-22Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8Brakes assist ............................... 5-10Foot brake .................................... 5-6Pad wear indicator ...................... 5-10Parking brake ............................... 5-7Warning light ............................... 5-8

Break-In Period ................................... 4-6Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-34

11-2

Index


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (441,1)

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3Cell Phones ....................................... 9-20Child Restraint

Child restraint precautions ......... 2-17LATCH child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-25

Climate Control System ...................... 6-2Gas specifications ...................... 10-6

Convertible TopPower Retractable Hardtop ........ 3-48Soft Top ...................................... 3-43

Cruise Control ................................... 5-21Cup Holder ........................................ 6-81Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-40Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-57Defroster

Rear window .............................. 5-60Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ....................................... 3-30Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-10Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-12Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6

Automatic transmission .............. 5-20Break-in period ............................ 4-6Driving in flooded area .............. 4-10Driving on uneven road ............. 4-12Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8Winter driving .............................. 4-9

D

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-26DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-27DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-27TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-26

E

Emergency Starting ........................... 7-20Flooded engine ........................... 7-20Jump-starting .............................. 7-21Push-starting .............................. 7-24

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-25Emission Control System .................... 4-3Engine

Coolant ....................................... 8-20Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4Hood release .............................. 3-42Oil .............................................. 8-18Overheating ................................ 7-18Starting ......................................... 5-4

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-17Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-18Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge ................................................ 5-39Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4Exterior Care ..................................... 8-50

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-61Headlights .................................. 5-56

Index

11-3


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (442,1)

F

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3Changing .................................... 7-13Instant Mobility System(IMS) Emergency Flat Tire RepairKit ................................................ 7-7Tool storage .................................. 7-5

FluidsClassification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ................... 8-15

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-58Foot Brake .......................................... 5-6Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-40Gauge ......................................... 5-39Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Fuses ................................................. 8-42Panel description ........................ 8-45Replacement ............................... 8-42

G

Glove Box ......................................... 6-82

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-61Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7Headlights

Control ....................................... 5-56Flashing ...................................... 5-57High-low beam .......................... 5-57On reminder ............................... 5-56

HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem .............................................. 5-62Hood Release .................................... 3-42Horn .................................................. 5-61

I

IgnitionKeys ........................................... 3-23Switch .......................................... 5-2

Immobilizer System(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-63Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-67Indicator Lights ................................. 5-41

Cruise ......................................... 5-53DSC OFF .................................... 5-53Headlight high-beam .................. 5-52KEY ............................................ 5-50Security ...................................... 5-52Shift position .............................. 5-52TCS/DSC ................................... 5-53Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-54

Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-35Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-36Interior Care ...................................... 8-55Interior Lights ................................... 6-80

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-21

K

Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-24Keys .................................................. 3-23

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-58Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-34Specifications ............................. 10-6

Lighting Control ............................... 5-56

11-4

Index


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (443,1)

L

Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenanceprecautions ................................. 8-16Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-15Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transmission Operation ....... 5-11Recommendations for shifting.... 5-12

Mesh Pocket ..................................... 6-83Mirrors

Outside mirrors .......................... 3-73Rearview mirror ......................... 3-74

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6Multi Pocket ...................................... 6-81

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-37Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-73Outside Temperature Display ............ 5-37Overhead Lights ................................ 6-80Overheating ....................................... 7-18Overloading ...................................... 4-11

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-48Parking Brake ..................................... 5-7Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Power Door Locks ............................ 3-31Power Retractable Hardtop ............... 3-48Power Steering .................................. 5-21

Fluid ........................................... 8-23Power Windows ................................ 3-37

P

Push-Starting ..................................... 7-24

R

Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-60Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-74Recreational Towing ......................... 7-28Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................. 9-18Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-42Seat Belt System

3-point type ................................ 2-10Automatic locking ........................ 2-9Belt minder ................................. 2-15Caution label .............................. 2-11Emergency locking ...................... 2-8Extender ..................................... 2-14Pregnant women .......................... 2-8Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-12Seat belt precautions .................... 2-6Warning light/beep ..................... 2-15

Seats .................................................... 2-2Seat warmer .................................. 2-4

Security SystemImmobilizer system(with advanced key) ................... 3-63Immobilizer system(without advanced key) .............. 3-67Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-71

Service Publications .......................... 9-44Soft Top ............................................ 3-43Specifications .................................... 10-4Speedometer ...................................... 5-37Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4

Index

11-5


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (444,1)

S

Steering Wheel .................................. 3-73Horn ........................................... 5-61

Storage Compartments ...................... 6-82Back trim storage box ................ 6-82Glove box ................................... 6-82Mesh pocket ............................... 6-83Seat side box .............................. 6-82

Sunvisors .......................................... 6-80

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-38Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-71Tiedown

Hook .......................................... 7-26Tire Information ................................ 9-23Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-29

System error activation .............. 5-33Tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light .............................. 5-31Tires and wheels ......................... 5-34

TiresFlat Tire ........................................ 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-30Replacement ............................... 8-31Rotation ...................................... 8-31Snow tires .................................... 4-9Specifications ............................. 10-7Tire chains .................................. 4-10Uniform tire quality grading system(UTQGS) ................................... 9-21

Tool ..................................................... 7-5Tool Storage ........................................ 7-5

T

TowingDescription ................................. 7-25Emergency towing ..................... 7-25Hook .......................................... 7-26Recreational towing ................... 7-28Trailer towing ............................. 4-13

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-25TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-25

Trailer Towing .................................. 4-13Trip Meter ......................................... 5-37Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-33

Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-35Trunk Light ....................................... 6-80Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-58

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-80Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-41ABS ............................................ 5-43Air bag system ........................... 5-45Automatic transmission .............. 5-47Brake system .............................. 5-43Charging system ......................... 5-44Check engine .............................. 5-45Door-ajar .................................... 5-47Flat tire ....................................... 5-50KEY ............................................ 5-50Low fuel ..................................... 5-46Seat belt ...................................... 5-46Seat belt pretensioner system ..... 5-45Tire pressure monitoringsystem ........................................ 5-48

Warranty ............................................ 9-14

11-6

Index


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (445,1)

W

Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-23Weights ............................................. 10-5Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-32Windblocker ...................................... 6-84Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-37Windshield Washer ........................... 5-60Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-59

Blades replacement .................... 8-25Winter Driving .................................... 4-9

Index

11-7


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Black plate (446,1)

11-8


Form No.8AV1-EA-09F

Documents

2010 Mazda MX-5 Miata Owners Manual